2014 KIA Soul Owner Manual

Home , Nav (rapper)

Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle. as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the © 2014 Kia Canada Inc. recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or of your new vehicle. mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features information storage and retrieval system or translation in for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or part is not permitted without written authorization described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, from Kia Canada Inc.. may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea

i Introduction How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process 1

Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment 2

Safety features of your vehicle Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag 3 Features of your vehicle Keys / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors 4 / Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Audio system / Etc. table of contents Driving your vehicle Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / Cruise control system / 5 Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergency Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / Flat tire / Towing / Etc. 6

Maintenance Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / 7 Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Etc. Specifications & Consumer information 8

Index I

ii Introduction

How to use this manual ...... 1-2 1 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-3 • Gasoline containing MMT ...... 1-4 • Use of MTBE ...... 1-4 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 • Fuel Additives ...... 1-5 Vehicle handling instructions ...... 1-5 Vehicle Break-In Process ...... 1-6 Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is You will find various types of safety possible driving pleasure from your provided in the Table of Contents. instructions in this manual. These vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Use the index when looking for a instructions were prepared to assist you in many ways. We strong- specific area or subject; it has an enhance your personal safety. ly recommend that you read the alphabetical listing of all located in Carefully read and follow ALL proce- entire manual. In order to minimize the back of this manual. dures and recommendations provid- the chance of death or injury, you Sections: This manual has eight sec- ed in these instructions. must read the WARNING and CAU- tions plus an index. Each section TION sections in the manual. begins with a brief list of contents so Illustrations complement the words you can tell at a glance if that section WARNING in this manual to best explain how to has the information you want. A WARNING indicates a situation enjoy your vehicle. By reading your in which harm, serious bodily manual, you will learn about fea- injury or death could result if the tures, important safety information, warning is ignored. and driving tips under various road conditions. CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored.

✽ NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.

21 Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to Gasoline containing alcohol and use only unleaded fuel having a WARNING - Refueling methanol pump octane number ((R+M)/2) of • Do not "top off" after the noz- Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or zle automatically shuts off. ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), higher. Attempts to force more fuel and gasoline or gasohol containing into the tank can cause fuel methanol (also known as wood alco- Your new vehicle is designed to overflow onto you and the hol) are being marketed along with or ground causing a risk of fire. instead of leaded or unleaded gaso- obtain maximum performance with line. UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- • Always check that the fuel cap mize exhaust emissions and spark is installed securely to pre- Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol plug fouling. vent fuel spillage, especially may be used in your vehicle. Do not in the event of an accident. use gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline Never add any fuel system cleaning or gasohol containing any methanol. agents to the fuel tank other than ✽ Ethanol provides less energy than what has been specified. (Consult an NOTICE gasoline and it attracts water, and it is authorized Kia dealer for details.) Tighten the cap until it clicks one thus likely to reduce your fuel efficien- time, otherwise the fuel cap open cy and could lower your MPG results. warning indicator light (or LCD Methanol may cause drivability prob- display) will illuminate. lems and damage to the fuel system. Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur. Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer's warranty if they result from the use of: 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol. 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

13 Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Gasoline containing MMT Use of MTBE prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Some gasoline contains harmful Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- percent gasoline, and is manufac- manganese-based fuel additives taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl tured exclusively for use in Flexible such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadi- Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- enyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in poor engine perform- Kia does not recommend the use of Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% ance and damage to your vehicle's gasoline containing MMT. vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) engine and fuel system. Kia recom- This type of fuel can reduce vehicle may reduce vehicle performance and mends that customers do not use performance and affect your emis- produce vapor lock or hard starting. fuel with an ethanol content exceed- sion control system. ing 10 percent. The malfunction indicator lamp on CAUTION the cluster may come on. Your New Vehicle Limited ✽ NOTICE Warranty may not cover damage Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty to the fuel system and any per- does not cover damage to the fuel formance problems that are system or any performance prob- caused by the use of fuels con- lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel. taining methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

41 Introduction

Do not use methanol Fuel Additives Operation in foreign countries Fuels containing methanol (wood Kia recommends that you use good If you are going to drive your vehicle alcohol) should not be used in your quality gasolines treated with deter- in another country, be sure to: vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce gent additives such as TOP TIER • Observe all regulations regarding vehicle performance and damage Detergent Gasoline, which helps registration and insurance. components of the fuel system. prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the • Determine that acceptable fuel is engine run cleaner and enhance per- available. formance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.top- tiergas.com). For Customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at 7,500 miles or every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

15 Introduction

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS As with other vehicles of this type, No special break-in period is needed. failure to operate this vehicle cor- By following a few simple precautions rectly may result in loss of control, for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you an accident or vehicle rollover. may add to the performance, econo- Specific design characteristics (high- my and life of your vehicle. er ground clearance, track, etc.) give • Do not race the engine. this vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles. It is not • While driving, keep your engine designed for cornering at the same speed (rpm, or revolutions per speeds as a conventional 2-wheel minute) between 2,000 rpm and drive sedans or sports coupe. Avoid 4,000 rpm. sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. • Do not maintain a single speed for Failure to operate this vehicle cor- long periods of time, either fast or rectly may result in loss of control, an slow. Varying engine speed is need- accident or vehicle rollover. Be sure ed to properly break-in the engine. to read the “Reducing the risk of a • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- rollover” driving guidelines, in gencies, to allow the brakes to seat section 5 of this manual. properly. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

61 Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Interior overview ...... 2-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 2 Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood ...... 4-32 2. Head lamp...... 4-90, 7-78 3. Fog lamp ...... 4-93, 7-81 4. Tire and wheel...... 7-47, 8-4 5. Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-51 6. Panoramic sunroof...... 4-37 7. Front windshield wiper blades .....4-94, 7-41 8.Windows ...... 4-26

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OPS013001N

22 Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

9. Door...... 4-19 10. Fuel filler lid ...... 4-34 11. Rear combination lamp...... 7-83 12. Tail gate ...... 4-24 13. High mounted stop lamp ...... 7-85 14. Rear window defroster...... 4-102 15. Antenna ...... 4-143 16. Rearview camera...... 4-88

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OPS013002N

23 Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ...... 4-19 2. Power window switch ...... 4-27 3. Power window lock button...... 4-30 4. Central door lock switch...... 4-21 5. Outside rearview mirror control...... 4-51 6. Outside rearview mirror folding...... 4-52 7. Fuel filler lid open lever...... 4-34 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch ...... 4-55 9. Steering wheel heater On/Off button ....4-45 10. Idle Stop and Go (ISG) OFF button....5-49 11. ESC Off button...... 5-34 12. Advanced Lighting Speaker ...... 4-146 13. Steering wheel ...... 4-43 14. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever...... 4-44 15. Inner fuse panel ...... 7-68 16. Hood release lever...... 4-32 17. Seat...... 3-2 18. Transaxle shift lever ...... 5-15, 5-19

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OPS013004N

42 Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Audio remote control buttons...... 4-144 2. Driver’s front air bag ...... 3-53 3. Horn...... 4-45 4. Cruise control button ...... 5-40 5. Instrument cluster ...... 4-54 6. Lighting control lever...... 4-90 7.Wiper and washer control lever...... 4-94 8. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop button...... 5-7, 5-10 9. Audio...... 4-143 10. Hazard warning flasher...... 6-2 11. Climate control system...... 4-104, 4-113 12. Front seat warmer/ Seat air ventilation...... 4-134, 4-135 13. Power outlet...... 4-137 14. Center console storage box...... 4-130 15. Glove box...... 4-130 16. Passenger’s front air bag...... 3-53 17. Parking brake...... 5-28

❈The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OPS013003N

25 Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

■ 1.6L GDI

1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-34 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 7-27 3. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-27 4. Engine coolant reservoir...... 7-29 5. Radiator cap ...... 7-31 6. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...... 7-32 7. Positive battery terminal ...... 7-44 8. Negative battery terminal...... 7-44 9. Fuse box ...... 7-62 10. Air cleaner...... 7-36

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS073001

62 Your vehicle at a glance

■ 2.0L GDI

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS073002

27 Safety features of your vehicle

Seats...... 3-2 • Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag . . 3-63 • Front seat adjustment - Manual ...... 3-5 • SRS care ...... 3-67 • Front seat adjustment - Power...... 3-6 • Additional safety precautions...... 3-68 • Seatback pocket...... 3-11 • Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag- • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-11 equipped vehicle ...... 3-69 Seat belts ...... 3-16 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-70 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-16 • Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-24 3 • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-27 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-30 Child restraint system ...... 3-31 • Using a child restraint system ...... 3-33 • Tether anchor system ...... 3-36 • Lower anchor system ...... 3-37 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system...... 3-40 • How does the air bag system operate ...... 3-41 • Do not Installing a child restraint on a front passenger's seat ...... 3-43 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-43 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-44 • Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-47 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-53 • Side air bag ...... 3-59 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-60 Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle

Manual seat (3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat) (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat) (5) Headrest

Rear seats (6) Seatback folding Power seat (7) Headrest

OPS033001N

23 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING - Driver’s seat objects responsibility for front seat • Never attempt to adjust the Loose objects in the driver’s passenger seat while the vehicle is mov- foot area could interfere with Riding in a vehicle with a front ing. This could result in loss of the operation of the foot pedals, seatback reclined could lead to control, and an accident caus- possibly causing an accident. serious or fatal injury in an acci- ing death, serious injury, or Do not place anything under the dent. If a front seat is reclined property damage. front seats. during an accident, the occu- • Do not allow anything to inter- pant’s hips may slide under the fere with the normal position of lap portion of the seat belt, apply- the seatback. Storing items WARNING - Uprighting ing great force to the unprotect- against a seatback or in any seat ed abdomen. Serious or fatal other way interfering with internal injuries could result. The When you return the seatback proper locking of a seatback driver must advise the front pas- could result in serious or fatal to its upright position, hold the senger to keep the seatback in seatback and return it slowly injury in a sudden stop or colli- an upright position whenever the sion. and be sure there are no other vehicle is in motion. passengers around the seat. If • Always drive and ride with your the seatback is returned with- seatback upright and the lap out being held and controlled, WARNING portion of the seat belt snug the back of the seat could and low across the hips. This spring forward resulting in acci- Do not use a cushion that is the best position to protect dental injury to a person struck reduces friction between the seat you in case of an accident. and the passenger. The passen- by the seatback. (Continued) ger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate normally.

33 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) WARNING - Rear seat- (Continued) • In order to avoid unnecessary backs • When resetting the seatback to and perhaps severe air bag • The rear seatback must be the upright position, make sure injuries, always sit as far back securely latched. If not, pas- it is securely latched by push- as possible from the steering sengers and objects could be ing it forward and backwards. wheel while maintaining com- thrown forward resulting in • To avoid the possibility of fortable control of the vehicle. serious injury or death in the burns, do not remove the car- We recommend that your chest pet in the cargo area. Emission event of a sudden stop or col- control devices beneath this be at least 25 cm (10 inches) lision. away from the steering wheel. floor generate high tempera- • Luggage and other cargo tures. should be laid flat in the cargo area. If objects are large, heavy, or must be piled, they must be secured. Under no circum- WARNING stances should cargo be piled After adjusting the seat, always higher than the seatbacks. check that it is securely locked Failure to follow these warnings into place by attempting to could result in serious injury or move the seat forward or back- death in the event of a sudden ward without using the lock stop, collision or rollover. release lever. Sudden or unex- • No passenger should ride in pected movement of the dri- the cargo area or sit or lie on ver's seat could cause you to folded seatbacks while the lose control of the vehicle vehicle is moving. All passen- resulting in an accident. gers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding. (Continued)

43 Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle WARNING - Damaged seats Forward and backward If your vehicle has been in an accident, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING • Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts. Moving the seat cushion forward may OPS033003 cause strong pressure on the OPS033002 To recline the seatback: abdomen. To move the seat forward or back- 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the • Use extreme caution so that ward: seatback recline lever. hands or other objects are not 2. Carefully lean back on the seat caught in the seat mechanisms 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it. and adjust the seatback of the while the seat is moving. seat to the position you desire. • Do not put a cigarette lighter 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure on the floor or seat. When you the seatback is locked in place. 3. Release the lever and make sure operate the seat, gas may (The lever MUST return to its orig- the seat is locked in place. gush out of the lighter and inal position for the seatback to cause fire. Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.) make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

35 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat height (for driver’s seat) Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped) CAUTION The front seat can be adjusted by • The power seat is driven by an using the control switches located on electric motor. Stop operating the outside of the seat cushion. once the adjustment is com- Before driving, adjust the seat to the pleted. Excessive operation proper position so you can easily con- may damage the electrical trol the steering wheel, pedals and equipment. switches on the instrument panel. • When in operation, the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power. To WARNING prevent unnecessary charging The power seat is operable with system drain, don’t adjust the OPS033004 the ignition OFF. power seat longer than neces- To change the height of the seat, Therefore, children should sary while the engine is not push the lever upwards or down- never be left unattended in the running. wards. vehicle. • Do not operate two or more • To lower the seat cushion, push the power seat control switches at lever down several times. the same time. Doing so may • To raise the seat cushion, pull the result in power seat motor or lever up several times. electrical component malfunction.

63 Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Seatback angle Seat height (for driver’s seat)

OPS033005 OPS033006 OPS033007 Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or press down to desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the lower the front part of the seat cush- once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- position. desired position. trol switch up to raise or press down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

37 Safety features of your vehicle

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Headrest (for front seat) WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the headrest as close OPS033008 OHM038048N to your head as possible. For The lumbar support can be adjusted The driver's and front passenger's this reason, the use of a cush- by pressing the button. seats are equipped with a headrest ion that holds the body away for the occupant's safety and comfort. from the seatback is not rec- The headrest not only provides com- ommended. fort for the driver and front passenger, • Do not operate the vehicle but also helps protect the head and with the headrests removed. neck in the event of a rear collision. Severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event of an accident. Headrests may provide protection against neck injuries when properly adjusted. • Do not adjust the headrest position of the driver’s seat while the vehicle is in motion.

83 Safety features of your vehicle

OPS033009 OPS033010 OYFH034205 Forward and rearward adjustment Adjusting the height up and down The headrest may be adjusted for- To raise the headrest, pull it up to the CAUTION ward to 4 different positions by desired position (1). To lower the If you recline the seatback pulling the headrest forward to the headrest, push and hold the release towards the front with the head desired detent. To adjust the head- button (2) on the headrest support restraint and seat cushion rest to it’s furthest rearward position, and lower the headrest to the desired raised, the head restraint may pull it fully forward to the farthest position (3). come in contact with the sunvi- position and release it. Adjust the sor or other parts of the vehicle. headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck.

39 Safety features of your vehicle

■ Type A ■ Type A WARNING NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed.

OPS033047L OPS033048L ■ Type B ■ Type B

OPS033049L OPS033050L Removal/Reinstall To reinstall the headrest : To remove the headrest: 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the 1. Recline the seatback(2) with the holes while pressing the release recline lever or switch(1). button (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 2. Recline the seatback(4) with the recline lever or switch(3) 3. Press the headrest release button 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropri- (3) while pulling the headrest up (4). ate height.

3 10 Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback pocket Rear seat adjustment WARNING Folding the rear seat Always make sure the headrest locks into position after rein- The rear seatbacks can be folded to stalling and adjusting it properly. facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

WARNING - Folded down seatback Never allow passengers sit on top of the folded down seatback while OPS033016 the vehicle is moving.This is not a proper seating position and no The seatback pocket is provided on seat belts are available for use. the back of the front passenger’s This could result in serious injury seatbacks. or death in case of an accident or sudden stop. WARNING - Seatback pockets - Objects Do not put heavy or sharp WARNING objects in the seatback pockets. Objects carried on the folded In an accident they could come down seatback should not loose from the pocket and extend higher than the top of injure vehicle occupants. the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

311 Safety features of your vehicle

2. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 3. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position.

OPS033017

OPS033018 4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback. 5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull OPS033015 the seatback backward by pulling To fold down the rear seatback on the folding lever. 1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in Pull the seatback firmly until it the pocket (if equipped) between clicks into place. the rear seatback and cushion, Make sure the seatback is locked and insert the rear seat belt web- in place. bing in the guide to prevent the 6.Return the rear seat belt to the seat belt from being damaged. proper position.

3 12 Safety features of your vehicle

Headrest WARNING - Uprighting WARNING - Cargo loading seat Make sure the engine is off, the When you return the seatback automatic transaxle is in P (Park) to its upright position, hold the or the manual transaxle is in R seatback and return it slowly. If (Reverse) or 1st, and the parking the seatback is returned with- brake is securely applied when- * out holding it, the back of the ever loading or unloading cargo. seat could spring forward Failure to take these steps may * resulting in injury caused by allow the vehicle to move if the being struck by the seatback. shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.

OPA039053 WARNING - Cargo The rear seat(s) is equipped with Cargo should always be headrests in all the seating positions secured to prevent it from being for the occupant's safety and com- thrown about the vehicle in a fort. collision and causing injury to The headrest not only provides com- the vehicle occupants. Do not fort for passengers, but also helps place objects in the rear seats, protect the head and neck in the since they cannot be properly event of a collision. secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision.

313 Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down WARNING - Headrest (Continued) adjustment • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. Severe injury to an occupant may occur in the event of an accident. Headrests may provide protection against severe neck injuries when properly • For maximum effectiveness in adjusted. case of an accident, the head- • Do not adjust the headrest rest should be adjusted so the height while the vehicle is in middle of the headrest is at the motion. same height as the center of OPS033033 gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravi- To raise the headrest : ty of most people's head is 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). similar with the height of the top of their eyes. To lower the headrest : Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possi- 1. Push and hold the release button ble. For this reason, the use of (2) on the headrest support a cushion that holds the body 2. Lower the headrest to the desired away from the seatback is not position (3). recommended. (Continued)

3 14 Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and installation Armrest WARNING After installing the headrest, make sure that it is installed in the right direction. A headrest installed reversely could increase whiplash injury during rear impact.

OPS033034 OPS033032 To remove the headrest : To use the armrest, pull it forward from the seatback. 1. Raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) while pulling the headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest : 1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.

Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants.

315 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING • Never wear the shoulder belt WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear under your arm or behind upon the bony structure of the • For maximum restraint sys- your back. An improperly body, and should be worn low tem protection, the seat belts positioned shoulder belt can across the front of the pelvis or must always be used whenev- cause serious injuries in a the pelvis, chest and shoulders, er the vehicle is moving. crash. The shoulder belt as applicable; wearing the lap • Seat belts are most effective should be positioned midway section of the belt across the when seatbacks are in the over your shoulder across abdominal area must be avoided. your collarbone. upright position. Seat belts should be adjusted as • Children age 12 and under • Avoid wearing twisted seat firmly as possible, consistent must always be properly belts. A twisted belt can't do with comfort, to provide the pro- restrained in the rear seat. its job well. In a collision, it tection for which they have been Never allow children to ride in could even cut into you. Be designed. the front passenger seat. If a sure the belt webbing is straight and not twisted. A slack belt will greatly reduce child over 12 must be seated the protection afforded to the in the front seat, he/she must • Be careful not to damage the wearer. be properly belted and the belt webbing or hardware. If seat should be moved as far the belt webbing or hardware Care should be taken to avoid back as possible. is damaged, replace it. contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, (Continued) and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, con- taminated or damaged. (Continued)

3 16 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat) (Continued) WARNING It is essential to replace the • No modifications or additions entire assembly after it has been should be made by the user worn in a severe impact even if which will either prevent the damage to the assembly is not seat belt adjusting devices obvious. from operating to remove Belts should not be worn with slack, or prevent the seat belt straps twisted. Each belt assem- assembly from being adjusted bly must only be used by one to remove slack. occupant; it is dangerous to put • When you fasten the seat belt, a belt around a child being car- be careful not to latch the seat ried on the occupant's lap. belt in buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may 1GQA2083 not be protected by the seat The driver's seat belt warning light belt properly. and chime will activate pursuant to • Do not unfasten the seat belt the following table when the ignition and do not fasten and unfasten switch is in "ON" position. the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. • When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily. • Make sure there is nothing in the buckle. The seat belt may not be fastened securely.

317 Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system The seat belt automatically adjusts to Vehicle Chime- with emergency locking retractor the proper length only after the lap Seat Belt Light-Blink Speed Sound belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If Unbuckled 6 seconds you lean forward in a slow, easy Buckled 6 seconds None motion, the belt will extend and let Below 5 km/h 6 seconds None you move around. If there is a sud- (3 mph) den stop or impact, however, the belt Buckled → 5 km/h~ will lock into position. It will also lock 6 seconds Unbuckled 10 km/h if you try to lean forward too quickly. Above 10 km/h 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (6 mph) (11 times) ✽ NOTICE Above 10 km/h If you are not able to pull out the (6 mph) 6 seconds *1 B180A01NF-1 seat belt from the retractor, firmly Unbuckled ↓ ↓ pull the belt out and release it. Then To fasten your seat belt: Below 5 km/h Stop *2 you will be able to pull the belt out (3 mph) To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of smoothly. the retractor and insert the metal tab *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's an audible "click" when the tab locks seat belt is buckled, the light will stop into the buckle. within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately. *2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately.

3 18 Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.

WARNING • Verify that the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appropriate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. OXM039026 Improperly positioned seat B200A02NF Height adjustment belts can cause serious You can adjust the height of the shoul- injuries in an accident. WARNING der belt anchor to one of the 3 posi- • Failure to replace seat belts You should place the lap belt tions for maximum comfort and safety. after an accident could leave portion as low as possible and The height of the adjusting seat belt you with damaged seat belts snugly across your hips, not on should not be too close to your neck. that will not provide protec- your waist. If the lap belt is locat- The shoulder portion should be tion in the event of another ed too high on your waist, it may adjusted so that it lies across your collision leading to personal increase the chance of injury in chest and midway over your shoulder injury or death. Replace your the event of a collision. Both near the door and not your neck. seat belts after being in an arms should not be under or To adjust the height of the seat belt accident as soon as possible. over the belt. Rather, one should anchor, lower or raise the height be over and the other under, as adjuster into an appropriate position. shown in the illustration. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up Never wear the seat belt under (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while the arm that is near the door. pressing the height adjuster button (2).

319 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts - Front passenger and It automatically adjusts to the proper rear seat 3-point system with length only after the lap belt portion CAUTION combination locking retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually Do NOT fold down the left por- To fasten your seat belt: so that it fits snugly around your hips. tion of the rear seat back when the rear center seat belt is buck- Combination retractor type seat belts When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installed. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the are installed in the rear seat posi- rear center seat belt before fold- tions to help accommodate the lation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow ing down the left portion of the installation of child restraint systems. rear seat back. If the rear center Although a combination retractor is the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). seat belt is buckled when the also installed in the front passenger left portion of the rear seat back seat position, it is strongly recom- Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section. is folded down, distortion and mended that children always be damage to the top portion of the seated in the rear seat. NEVER seat back and seat belt garnish place any infant restraint system in ✽ NOTICE may result, causing the seat the front seat of the vehicle. Although the combination retractor back to lock into the folded This type of seat belt combines the provides the same level of protection down position. features of both an emergency lock- for seated passengers in either emer- ing retractor seat belt and an auto- gency or automatic locking modes, matic locking retractor seat belt. To have the seated passengers use the fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the emergency locking feature for retractor and insert the metal tab into improved convenience. The auto- the buckle. There will be an audible matic locking function is intended to "click" when the tab locks into the facilitate child restraint installation. buckle. When not securing a child To convert from the automatic lock- restraint, the seat belt operates in the ing feature to the emergency locking same way as the driver's seat belt operation mode, allow the unbuck- (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). led seat belt to fully retract.

3 20 Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt

B210A01NF-1 OPS033015

To release the seat belt: OPS033017 Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will The seat belt is released by pressing The rear seat belt buckles can be the release button (1) on the locking help keep the belts from being stowed in the pocket between the trapped behind or under the seats. buckle. When it is released, the belt rear seatback and cushion when not should automatically draw back into in use. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the retractor. the belt webbing by pulling it up. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then CAUTION try again. Remove the seat belt from the guides before using. If you pull on the seat belt when it is stored in the guides, it may damage the guides and/or belt webbing.

321 Safety features of your vehicle

3 Point rear center belt WARNING - Rear center seat belt Do not separate mini tongue and mini buckle even if there is not an occupant. If it is separated, It may hit the rear seat occupants in a collision or sudden stops.

ORP032074

ORP032073C 2.Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert the tongue plate (B) into the open To fasten the rear center belt end of the buckle (D) until an audi- 1.Insert the mini tongue (A) into the ble “click” is heard, indicating the open end of the anchor connector latch is locked. Make sure the belt (C) until an audible “click" is heard, is not twisted. indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted. CAUTION When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the “CEN- TER” mark must be used.

3 22 Safety features of your vehicle

There will be an audible “click” when To unfasten the rear center belt the tab locks in the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips, if you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly. ORP032076K When you fold the rear seatback WARNING ORP032075 Press the release button on the To retract the rear center seatbelt, When using the rear seat center buckle (D) and remove the tongue insert the tongue plate or similar belt, you must lock all tongue plate (B) from the buckle (D). small rigid device into the web plates and buckles. If any release hole (C). Pull up on the seat tongue plate or buckle is not belt web (A) and allow the webbing locked, it will increase the to retract automatically. chance of injury in the event of collision.

323 Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor pre- WARNING tensioner is to make sure that the • Do not put anything near the shoulder belts fit in tightly against buckle. Placing objects near the occupant's upper body in cer- the buckle may increase the tain frontal collisions. risk of personal injury in the (2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) event of a collision. The purpose of the EFD is to • For your safety, be sure that make sure that the pelvis belts fit the belt webbing is not loose in tightly against the occupant's or twisted and always sit lower body in certain frontal colli- properly on your seat. sions. OXMA033101 Your vehicle is equipped with driver's If the system senses excessive ten- and front passenger's pre-tensioner sion on the driver or passenger's seat belts (retractor pretensioner and seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)). tem activates, the load limiter inside The pre-tensioner seat belts may be the retractor pre-tensioner will release activated, when a frontal collision is some of the pressure on the affected severe enough, together with the air seat belt. bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor may lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.

3 24 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING • Both the driver's and front pas- To obtain maximum benefit senger's seat belt pre-tensioner from a pre-tensioner seat belt: system may be activated not only 1. The seat belt must be worn in certain frontal collision but also correctly and adjusted to the in certain side collision or rollover, proper position. Please read if the vehicle is equipped with a and follow all of the important side or curtain air bag. information and precautions • When the pre-tensioner seat belts about your vehicle’s occupant are activated, a loud noise may be safety features – including heard and fine dust, which may OPS033036N/Q seat belts and air bags – that appear to be smoke, may be visible The seat belt pre-tensioner system are provided in this manual. in the passenger compartment. consists mainly of the following com- These are normal operating condi- 2. Be sure you and your passen- tions and are not hazardous. ponents. Their locations are shown in gers always wear seat belts • Although it is harmless, the fine the illustration: properly. dust may cause skin irritation and 1. SRS air bag warning light should not be breathed for pro- 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly longed periods. Wash all exposed 3. SRS control module skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tension- 4. Emergency fastening device (EFD) er seat belts were activated. • Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position, and then it should turn off.

325 Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING (Continued) If the pre-tensioner seat belt • Pre-tensioners are designed • Improper handling of the pre- system are not working proper- to operate only one time. After tensioner seat belt assem- ly, this warning light will illumi- activation, pre-tensioner seat blies, and failure to heed the nate even if there is no malfunc- belts must be replaced. All warnings not to strike, modify, tion of the SRS air bag. If the seat belts, of any type, should inspect, replace, service or SRS air bag warning light does always be replaced after they repair the pre-tensioner seat not illuminate when the ignition have been worn during a colli- belt assemblies may lead to switch is turned ON, or if it sion. improper operation or inad- remains illuminated after illumi- vertent activation and serious • The pre-tensioner seat belt injury. nating for approximately 6 sec- assembly mechanisms become onds, or if it illuminates while hot during activation. Do not • Always wear the seat belts the vehicle is being driven, have touch the pre-tensioner seat when driving or riding in a an authorized Kia dealer inspect belt assemblies for several min- motor vehicle. the pre-tensioner seat belt and utes after they have been acti- • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner SRS air bag system as soon as vated. seat belt must be discarded, possible. • Do not attempt to inspect or contact an authorized Kia replace the pre-tensioner seat dealer. belts yourself. This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer. • Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies. • Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any manner. (Continued)

3 26 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE Child and/or infant seats must be Small children are best protected WARNING properly placed and installed in the from injury in an accident when rear seat. For more information properly restrained in the rear seat All occupants of the vehicle about the use of these restraints, must wear their seat belts at all by a child restraint system that refer to “Child restraint system” in this meets the requirements of the safety times. Seat belts and child section. restraints reduce the risk of standards of your country. Before serious or fatal injuries for all buying any child restraint system, occupants in the event of a col- make sure that it has a label certify- WARNING ing that it meets safety standards of lision or sudden stop. Without a Every person in your vehicle seat belt, occupants could be your country. The restraint must be needs to be properly restrained appropriate for your child's height shifted too close to a deploying at all times, including infants air bag, strike the interior struc- and weight. Check the label on the and children. Never hold a child child restraint for this information. ture or be thrown from the vehi- in your arms or lap when riding cle. Properly worn seat belts Refer to “Child restraint system” in in a vehicle. The violent forces this chapter. greatly reduce these hazards. created during a crash will tear Even with advanced air bags, the child from your arms and unbelted occupants can be throw the child against the inte- severely injured by a deploying rior. Always use a child restraint air bag. appropriate for your child's Always follow the precautions height and weight. about seat belts, air bags and occupant seating contained in this manual.

327 Safety features of your vehicle

Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women Children who are too large for child touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors. portion should be fastened and be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be snugged on the hips and as low as worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS possible. Check if the belt fits period- WARNING - Shoulder POSSIBLE. ically. A child's squirming could put belts on small children the belt out of position. Children are given the most safety in the event of • Do not allow small children to WARNING - Pregnant an accident when they are restrained ride in the vehicle without an women by a proper restraint system in the appropriate child restrain sys- Pregnant women must never rear seat. If a larger child (over age tem. place the lap portion of the 12) must be seated in the front seat, • Never allow a shoulder belt to safety belt over the area of the the child should be securely be in contact with a child’s abdomen where the fetus is restrained by the available lap/shoul- neck or face while the vehicle located or above the abdomen der belt and the seat should be is in motion. where the belt could crush the placed in the rearmost position. • If seat belts are not properly fetus during an impact. Children age 12 and under should be worn and adjusted on chil- restrained securely in the rear seat. dren, there is a risk of death or NEVER place a child age 12 and serious injury. under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle.

3 28 Safety features of your vehicle

Injured person Do not lie down A seat belt should be used when an To reduce the chance of injuries in WARNING injured person is being transported. the event of an accident and to Riding with a reclined seatback When this is necessary, you should achieve maximum effectiveness of increases your chance of seri- consult a physician for recommenda- the restraint system, all passengers ous or fatal injuries in the event tions. should be sitting up and the front and of a collision or sudden stop. rear seats should be in an upright The protection of your restraint position when the vehicle is moving. system (seat belts and air bags) One person per belt A seat belt cannot provide proper is greatly reduced by reclining Two people (including children) protection if the person is lying down your seat. Seat belts must be should never attempt to use a single in the rear seat or if the front and rear secured against your hips and seat belt. This could increase the seats are in a reclined position. chest to work properly. The severity of injuries in case of an acci- more the seatback is reclined, dent. the greater the chance an occupant's hips will slide under the lap belt causing serious internal injuries. Also, the shoulder belt may strike the occupant's neck. Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

329 Safety features of your vehicle

Care of seat belts Periodic inspection Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible. not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse. Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and WARNING dry. If belts become dirty, they can be When you return the rear seat- cleaned by using a mild soap solu- back to its upright position after tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, the rear seatback has been fold- strong detergents or abrasives ed down, be careful not to dam- should not be used because they age the seat belt webbing or may damage and weaken the fabric. buckle. Be sure that the webbing or buckle does not get When to replace seat belts caught or pinched in the rear The entire in-use seat belt assembly seat. A seat belt with damaged or assemblies should be replaced if webbing or buckle could possi- the vehicle has been involved in an bly fail during a collision or sud- accident. This should be done even if den stop, resulting in serious no damage is visible. Additional injury. If the webbing or buckles questions concerning seat belt oper- are damaged, get them replaced ation should be directed to an immediately. authorized Kia dealer.

3 30 Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the vehicle should Children could be injured or killed in sit in the rear seat and must always a crash if their restraints are not (Continued) be properly restrained to minimize properly secured. For small children • A seat belt or child restraint the risk of injury in an accident, sud- and babies, a child seat or infant seat system can become very hot den stop or sudden maneuver. must be used. Before buying a par- if it is left in a closed vehicle According to accident statistics, chil- ticular child restraint system, make on a sunny day, even if the dren are safer when properly sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat outside temperature does not restrained in the rear seats than in belts, and fits your child. feel hot. Be sure to check the the front seat. Larger children not in Follow all the instructions provided seat cover and buckles before a child restraint should use one of by the manufacturer when installing placing a child there. the seat belts provided. the child restraint system. • When the child restraint sys- You should be aware of the specific tem is not in use, store it in requirements in your country. Child the cargo area or fasten it with and/or infant safety seats must be WARNING a seat belt so that it will not be properly placed and installed in the • A child restraint system must thrown forward in case of a rear seat. You must use a commer- be placed in the rear seat. sudden stop or an accident. cially available child restraint system Never install a child or infant • Children may be seriously that meets the requirements of the seat on the front passenger's injured or killed by an inflating Safety Standards of your country. seat. Should an accident air bag. All children, even Child restraint systems are designed occur and cause the passen- those too large for child to be secured in vehicle seats by seat ger-side air bag to deploy, it restraints, must ride in the belt, or by a tether anchor and/or could severely injure or kill an rear seat. LATCH anchors (if equipped). infant or child seated in an infant or child seat. Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle. (Continued)

331 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued) To reduce the chance of serious • Never put a seat belt over your- • Never allow a child to stand-up or fatal injuries: self and a child. During a crash, or kneel on the seat or floor of the belt could press deep into a moving vehicle. During a col- • Children of all ages are safer the child causing serious inter- lision or sudden stop, the child when restrained in the rear nal injuries. can be violently thrown against seat. A child riding in the • Never leave children unattend- the vehicle’s interior, resulting front passenger seat can be in serious injury. forcefully struck by an inflated in a vehicle – not even for a short time.The vehicle can heat • Never use an infant carrier or a ing air bag resulting in seri- child safety seat that "hooks" ous or fatal injuries. up very quickly, resulting in serious injuries to children over a seatback, it may not pro- • Always follow the child inside. Even very young chil- vide adequate security in an restraint system manufactur- dren may inadvertently cause accident. er’s instructions for installa- the vehicle to move, entangle • Seat belts can become very tion and use of the child themselves in the windows, or hot, especially when the vehi- restraint. lock themselves or others cle is parked in direct sunlight. • Always make sure the child inside the vehicle. Always check the seat belt seat is secured properly in the • Never allow two children, or any buckles before fastening them vehicle and your child is two persons, to use the same over a child. securely restrained in the seat belt. • After an accident, have an child seat. • Children often squirm and authorized Kia dealer check • Never hold a child in your reposition themselves improp- the child restraint system, seat arms or lap when riding in a erly. Never let a child ride with belt, tether anchor and lower vehicle.The violent forces cre- the shoulder belt under their anchor. ated during a crash will tear arm or behind their back. • If there is not enough space to the child from your arms and Always properly position and place the child restraint system throw the child against the secure children in the rear seat. because of the driver's seat, vehicle’s interior. (Continued) install the child restraint sys- (Continued) tem in the rear right seat.

3 32 Safety features of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend that the child restraint system be WARNING - Child seat Rearward-facing child restraint system used in the rear seats. installation • A child can be seriously WARNING injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not Never place a rear-facing child properly anchored to the vehi- restraint in the front passenger cle and the child is not prop- seat, because of the danger an erly restrained in the child inflating passenger-side air bag restraint. Before installing the could impact the rear-facing child restraint system, read child restraint and kill the child. CRS09 the instructions supplied by Forward-facing child restraint system the child restraint system Since all passenger seat belts move manufacturer. freely under normal conditions and • If the seat belt does not oper- only lock under extreme or emer- ate as described in this sec- gency conditions (emergency lock tion, have the system checked mode), you must manually change immediately by your author- these seat belts to the auto lock ized Kia dealer. mode to secure a child restraint. • Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding child restraint systems and OUN026150 the instructions provided with For small children and babies, the the child restraint system use of a child seat or infant seat is could increase the chance required. The child seat or infant seat and/or severity of injury in an should be of appropriate size for the accident. child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

333 Safety features of your vehicle

Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode

OEN036101 OEN036102 To install a child restraint system on 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the E2MS103005 the outboard or center rear seats, do seat belt all the way out. When the the following: shoulder portion of the seat belt is The auto lock mode will help prevent fully extended, it will shift the the normal movement of the child in 1. Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap/shoul- retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child the vehicle from causing the seat belt restraint) mode. to loosen and compromise the child der belt around or through the restraint system. To secure a child restraint, following the restraint restraint system, use the following manufacturer’s instructions. Be procedure. sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

3 34 Safety features of your vehicle

To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

WARNING - Auto lock mode The lap/shoulder belt automatically returns to the “emergency OEN036103 OEN036104 lock mode” whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully.Therefore, 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion 5. Remove as much slack from the the preceding seven steps must of the seat belt to retract and listen belt as possible by pushing down be followed each time a child for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- on the child restraint system while restraint is installed. ing” sound. This indicates that the feeding the shoulder belt back into retractor is in the “Auto Lock” the retractor. If the retractor is not in the Automatic Locking mode, the mode. If no distinct sound is 6. Push and pull on the child restraint heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. child restraint can move when system to confirm that the seat your vehicle turns or stops sud- belt is holding it firmly in place. If it denly. A child can be seriously is not, release the seat belt and injured or killed if the child repeat steps 2 through 6. restraint is not properly anchored 7. Double check that the retractor is to the vehicle, including setting in the “Auto Lock” mode by the retractor to the Automatic attempting to pull more of the seat Locking mode. belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the “Auto Lock” mode.

335 Safety features of your vehicle

When the seat belt is allowed to Securing a child restraint seat retract to its fully stowed position, with tether anchor system the retractor will automatically switch from the “Auto Lock” mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.

OXM039034N 1. Route the child restraint seat strap OPS033019 over the seatback. Child restraint hook holders are For vehicles with adjustable head- located on the back of the rear seat- rests, route the tether strap under backs. the headrest and between the headrest posts, otherwise route This symbol indicates the the tether strap over the top of the position of the tether anchor. seatback. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat.

3 36 Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with WARNING WARNING - Child child seat lower anchor system A child can be seriously injured restraint check or killed in a collision if the Check that the child restraint child restraint is not properly system is secure by pushing anchored to the vehicle and the and pulling it in different direc- child is not properly restrained tions. Incorrectly fitted child in the child restraint. Always fol- restraints may swing, twist, tip low the child seat manufactur- or separate causing death or er’s instructions for installation serious injury. and use.

WARNING - Child WARNING - Tether strap restraint anchorage OXM039035 Never mount more than one • Child restraint anchorages Some child seat manufacturers child restraint to a single tether are designed to withstand make child restraint seats that are or to a single lower anchorage only those loads imposed by labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com- point. The increased load correctly fitted child restraints. patible child restraint seats. LATCH caused by multiple seats may Under no circumstances are stands for "Lower Anchors and cause the tethers or anchorage they to be used for adult seat Tethers for Children". These seats points to break, causing serious belts or harnesses or for include two rigid or webbing mount- injury or death. attaching other items or equip- ed attachments that connect to two ment to the vehicle. LATCH anchors at specific seating • The tether strap may not work positions in your vehicle. This type of properly if attached some- child restraint seat eliminates the where other than the correct need to use seat belts to attach the tether anchor. child seat in the rear seats.

337 Safety features of your vehicle

Lower Anchor Position Indicator WARNING WARNING • When using the vehicle's Install the child restraint seat "LATCH" system to install a fully rearward against the seat- child restraint system in the back with the seatback reclined rear seat, all unused vehicle two positions from the most rear seat belt metal latch upright latched position. plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt web- Lower Anchor bing must be retracted behind OXM039060N the child restraint to prevent Child restraint symbols are located the child from reaching and on the left and right 2nd row seat taking hold of unretracted backs to indicate the position of the seat belts. Unlatched metal lower anchors for child restraints. latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint. • Do not place anything around the lower anchors. Also make sure that the seat belt is not caught in the lower anchors.

3 38 Safety features of your vehicle

Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint, assure that the seat is WARNING properly attached to the LATCH and If the child restraint is not tether anchors. anchored properly, the risk of a Also, test the child restraint seat child being seriously injured or before you place the child in it. Tilt killed in a collision greatly the seat from side to side. Also try to increases. tug the seat forward. Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place. WARNING - LATCH lower CAUTION anchors OXM039036N Do not allow the rear seat belt LATCH lower anchors are only LATCH anchors have been provided webbing to get scratched or to be used with the left and right in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors pinched by the child-seat latch rear outboard seating positions. are located in the left and right out- and LATCH anchor during the Never attempt to attach a board rear seating positions. Their installation. LATCH equipped seat in the locations are shown in the illustra- center seating position. You tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro- may damage the anchors or the vided for the center rear seating anchors may fail and break in a position. collision. The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the 2nd row seat left and right outboard seating positions. Follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.

339 Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag

WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAM032026

3 40 Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection, operate inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly. • Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag or START position. between the occupant and the It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu- • The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design. • There is no single speed at which air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include Generally, air bags are designed to • When a rollover is detected, cur- facial abrasions, bruises and bro- inflate based upon the severity of a tain air bags will remain inflated ken bones because the inflation collision and its direction. These longer to help provide protection speed also causes the air bags to two factors determine whether the from ejection, especially when expand with a great deal of force. sensors produce an electronic used in conjunction with the seat • There are even circumstances deployment/ inflation signal. belts. under which contact with the • Air bag deployment depends on a steering wheel or passenger air number of factors including vehicle bag can cause fatal injuries, speed, angles of impact and the especially if the occupant is density and stiffness of the vehi- positioned excessively close to cles or objects which your vehicle the steering wheel or passenger hits in the collision. The determin- air bag. ing factors are not limited to those mentioned above.

341 Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke WARNING When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING • To avoid severe personal loud noise and leave smoke and When the air bags deploy, the injury or death caused by powder in the air inside the vehicle. air bag related parts in the deploying air bags in a colli- This is normal and is a result of the steering wheel and/or instru- sion, the driver should sit as ignition of the air bag inflator. After ment panel and/or in both sides far back from the steering the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- of the roof rails above the front wheel air bag as possible (at stantial discomfort in breathing due and rear doors are very hot. To least 250 mm (10 inches) to the contact of your chest with both prevent injury, do not touch the away). The front passengers the seat belt and the air bag, as well air bag storage area’s internal should always move their as from breathing the smoke and components immediately after seats as far back as possible powder. Open your doors and/or an air bag has inflated. and sit back in their seat. windows as soon as possible after • Air bags inflate instantly in the impact in order to reduce discom- event of a collision, and pas- fort and prevent prolonged expo- sengers may be injured by the sure to the smoke and powder. air bag expansion force if they Though smoke and powder are non- are not in a proper position. toxic, it may cause irritation to the • Air bag inflation may cause skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If injuries including facial or this is the case, wash and rinse with bodily abrasions, injuries cold water immediately and consult a from broken glasses or burns. doctor if the symptom persists.

3 42 Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light the front passenger’s seat. WARNING • Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it! • Never put a child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries. • When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of W7-147 1JBH3051 vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, be The purpose of air bag warning light Never place a rear-facing child sure to install the child in your instrument panel is to alert restraint in the front passenger’s restraint system as far away you of a potential problem with your seat. If the air bag deploys, it would from the door side as possible, air bag system, which could include impact the rear-facing child restraint, and securely lock the child your side and/or curtain air bags causing serious or fatal injury. restraint system in position. used for rollover protection. In addition, do not place front-facing Inflation of side and/or curtain child restraints in the front passen- air bags could cause serious ger’s seat either. If the front passen- injury or death to an infant or ger air bag inflates, it could cause child. serious or fatal injuries to the child.

343 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions 10. PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF” indicator (Front passenger’s seat ,, only) 11. Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only) 12. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckle sensors 13. Emergency fastening device (EFD) 14. Side pressure impact sensor W7-147 ,, OPS033035N/Q The SRSCM continually monitors all If the air bag warning light illuminat- SRS components while the ignition ed for more than, 6 seconds after the The SRS consists of the following switch is ON to determine if a crash ignition is turned on, or of it illumi- components: impact is severe enough to require nates during vehicle operation, an 1. Driver's front air bag module air bag deployment or pre-tensioner SRS component may not be func- 2. Passenger's front air bag module seat belt deployment. tioning properly and you should have your vehicle checked by an author- 3. Side air bag modules ized Kia dealer. 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/ Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors

3 44 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) WARNING If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illumi- B240B01L B240B02L nating for approximately 6 The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold- seconds. ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will • The light comes on while the wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the vehicle is in motion. panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full • The light blinks when the igni- impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags. tion switch is in ON position. will automatically deploy the front air bags.

345 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag (Continued) • When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface. It may become a dangerous projectile and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates.

B240B03L B240B05L A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING slows the driver's or the passenger's • Do not install or place any forward motion, reducing the risk of accessories (drink holder, head and chest injury. cassette holder, sticker, etc.) on the front passenger's After complete inflation, the air bag panel above the glove box in a immediately starts deflating, enabling vehicle with a passenger's air the driver to maintain forward visibility bag. Such objects may become and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles and other controls. cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates. (Continued)

3 46 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Occupant Detection System WARNING (ODS) • If an air bag deploys, there • The SRS can function only may be a loud noise followed when the ignition switch is in by a fine dust released in the the ON position. If the SRS air vehicle. These conditions are bag warning light does not normal and are not hazardous illuminate, or continuously - the air bags are packed in this remains on after illuminating fine powder. The dust generat- for about 6 seconds when the ed during air bag deployment ignition switch is turned to the may cause skin or eye irrita- ON position, or after the tion as well as aggravate asth- engine is started, comes on ma for some persons. Always while driving, the SRS is not wash all exposed skin areas working properly. If this thoroughly with lukewarm occurs, have your vehicle OPS033020 water and a mild soap after an immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Your vehicle is equipped with an accident in which the air bags occupant detection system in the were deployed. • Before you replace a fuse or front passenger's seat. (Continued) disconnect a battery terminal, turn the ignition switch to the The occupant detection system is LOCK position and remove the designed to detect the presence of a ignition switch. Never remove properly-seated front passenger and or replace the air bag related determine if the passenger's front air fuse(s) when the ignition bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. Only the front passenger front switch is in the ON position. air bag is controlled by the Occupant Failure to observe this warning Detection System. will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate. WARNING Do not put anything in front of the passenger air bag indicator.

347 Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- • The ODS (Occupant Detection pant detection system pied by a person that the system System) may not function properly if • A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, the passenger takes actions which the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting can defeat the detection system. upright with the seatback in an These include: • An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the (1) Failing to sit in an upright position. mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their (2) Leaning against the door or cen- or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER ter console. • A indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off (3) Sitting towards the sides or the instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will front of the seat. the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or “OFF” indicating the front passen- frontal crashes. resting them on other locations ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR which reduce the passenger • The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center weight on the front seat. ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the (5) Improperly wearing the safety occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table belt. and activates or deactivates the front (6) Reclining the seat back. passenger air bag based on these conditions. (7) Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or hip protection wear. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and (8) Put on the seat an additional thick restrained properly (sitting upright cushion. with the seat in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion, with the person’s legs comfortably extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the safety belt properly) for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt.

3 48 Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system WARNING Indicator/Warning light Devices Riding in an improper position Condition detected by the or placing weight on the front "PASSENGER AIR occupant detection Front passenger passenger's seat when it is BAG OFF" indicator SRS warning light system air bag unoccupied by a passenger light adversely affects the Occupant 1. Adult or child*1 Off Off Activated Detection System (ODS). Your 2. Child restraint system*2 On Off Deactivated ODS is designed to resist elec- 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated tronic waves, but do not place an electronic device (ex. laptop 4. There is a malfunction Off On Activated computer, after market DMB/nav- in the system igation/satellite audio, video

1 game machine, MP3, etc.) on or * : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the near the seat cushion since it air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS, may defeat the proper function- thus allowing the air bag to deploy.To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride ing of the ODS or turn on the air in the front passenger seat. bag warning light. 2 * : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. (Continued)

349 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 - Never put a heavy load or an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash- active electronic device on towards the front of the seat. board. the front passenger seat or seatback pocket.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 - Never place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen- passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console. - Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

3 50 Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ✽ NOTICE indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is WARNING - “AIR BAG turned to the ON position or after OFF” light the engine is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the occu- Do not allow an adult passenger pant detection sensor will then clas- to ride in the front seat when the sify the front passenger after several PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” more seconds. indicator is illuminated, because the air bag will not deploy in the B990A01O event of a crash. The driver WARNING When an adult is seated in the front must instruct the passenger to Do not put a heavy load or an passenger seat, if the PASSENGER reposition himself in the seat. active electronic device (ex. lap- AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn Failure to properly position top computer, after market the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- yourself may lead to air bag DMB/navigation/satellite audio, tion and ask the passenger to sit deactivation resulting in air bag video game machine, MP3, etc.) properly (sitting upright with the seat non-deployment and in a colli- in the front passenger seatback back in an upright position, centered sion. If the PASSENGER AIR pocket or on the front passenger on the seat cushion with their seat BAG “OFF” indicator remains seat. Do not hang onto the front belt on, legs comfortably extended illuminated after the passenger passenger seat. Do not hang any and their feet on the floor). Restart repositions themselves properly items such as seatback table on the engine and have the person and the car is restarted, it is rec- the front passenger seatback. remain in that position. This will allow ommended that passenger Do not place feet on the front the system to detect the person and move to the rear seat because passenger seatback. Do not to enable the passenger air bag. the passenger's front air bag place any items under the front will not deploy. passenger seat. Any of these could interfere with proper sensor operation or turn on the air bag warning light.

351 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued) • Even though your vehicle is • If the front passenger seat is • Accident statistics show that equipped with the occupant occupied by a child who is not children are safer if they are detection system, never install a in a CRS, the "PASSENGER restrained in the rear, as child restraint system in the AIR BAG OFF" indicator may opposed to the front seat. It is front passenger's seat. A or may not be on and the pas- recommended that child deploying air bag can forcefully senger air bag may or may not restraints be secured in a rear strike a child resulting in seri- deploy in a collision. Have the seat, including an infant riding ous injuries or death. Any child child move to a rear seat to in a rear-facing infant seat, a age 12 and under should ride in increase their safety. child riding in a forward-facing the rear seat. Children too large • Do not modify or replace the child seat and an older child for child restraints should use front passenger seat. Don't riding in a booster seat. the available lap/shoulder belts. place anything on or attach • Air bags can only be used No matter what type of crash, anything such as a blanket or once – have an authorized Kia children of all ages are safer seat heater to the front pas- dealer replace the air bag when restrained in the rear seat. senger seat.This can adverse- immediately after deployment. • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ly affect the occupant detec- • The occupant detection sys- “OFF” indicator is illuminated tion system. tem may not work properly if when the front passenger's seat • Do not place sharp objects on water, coffee or any other liq- is occupied by an adult and the front passenger seat. uid including rain gets on the he/she sits properly (sitting These may damage the occu- seat. Keep the front seat dry upright with the seatback in an pant detection system, if they at all times. upright position, centered on puncture the seat cushion. (Continued) the seat cushion with their seat • Do not use accessory seat belt on, legs comfortably covers on the front seats. extended and their feet on the (Continued) floor), have that person sit in the rear seat. (Continued)

3 52 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Driver's and passenger's front WARNING air bag • Do not place an electronic If the occupant detection sys- Driver’s front air bag device (ex. laptop computer, tem is not working properly, the after market DMB/navigation/ SRS air bag warning light on satellite audio, video game the instrument panel will illumi- machine, MP3, etc.) on the nate because the passenger's front passenger seat. Its elec- front air bag is connected with tronic field may cause the ODS the occupant detection system. to switch to the "on" condition If there is a malfunction of the and thus turn on the air bag occupant detection system, the warning light or allow the pas- PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” senger air bag to deploy need- indicator will not illuminate and lessly in a collision, increasing OPS033021 the passenger's front air bag Passenger’s front air bag your repair costs. will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger's seat. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or if it OPS033022 illuminates while the vehicle is being driven, have an author- Your vehicle is equipped with an ized Kia dealer inspect the occu- Advanced Supplemental Restraint pant detection system and the (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder SRS air bag system as soon as belts at both the driver and passen- possible. ger seating position.

353 Safety features of your vehicle

The indication of the system's pres- These sensors provide the ability to ence are the letters "AIR BAG" WARNING control the SRS deployment based on embossed on the air bag pad cover If the occupant detection sys- whether or not the seat belts are fas- on the steering wheel and the pas- tem is not working properly, the tened, and how severe the impact is. senger's side front panel pad above SRS air bag warning light on the glove box. the instrument panel will illumi- The advanced SRS offers the ability nate because the SRS air bag to control the air bag inflation with The SRS consists of air bags warning light is connected with two levels. A first stage level is pro- installed under the pad covers in the the occupant detection system. vided for moderate-severity impacts. center of the steering wheel and the If the SRS air bag warning light A second stage level is provided for passenger's side front panel above does not illuminate when the more severe impacts. the glove box. ignition switch is turned to the ON position, remains illuminat- The purpose of the SRS is to provide ed after approximately 6 sec- The passenger’s front air bag is the vehicle's driver and/or the front onds when the ignition switch designed to help reduce the injury of passenger with additional protection is turned to the ON position, or children sitting close to the instru- than that offered by the seat belt sys- if it illuminates while the vehicle ment panel in low speed collisions. tem alone in case of a frontal impact is being driven, have an author- However, children are safer if they of sufficient severity. The SRS uses ized Kia dealer inspect the are restrained in the rear seat. sensors to gather information about advanced SRS air bag system the driver's and front passenger's as soon as possible. seat belt usage and impact severity. According to the impact severity and seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS The seat belt buckle sensors deter- Control Module) controls the air bag mine if the driver and front passen- inflation. Failure to properly wear ger's seat belts are fastened. seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

3 54 Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in WARNING (Continued) the front passenger's seat. The occu- Manufacturers are required by Specifically, the front passenger pant detection system detects the government regulations to pro- seat, dashboard or door should presence of a passenger in the front vide a contact point concerning not be replaced except by an passenger's seat and will turn off the modifications to the vehicle for authorized Kia dealer using front passenger's air bag under cer- persons with disabilities, which original Kia parts designed for tain conditions. For more detail, see modifications may affect the this vehicle and model. Any "Occupant detection system" in this vehicle’s advanced air bag sys- other such replacement or mod- section. tem. However, Kia does not ification could adversely affect endorse nor will it support any the operation of the occupant detection system and your WARNING changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect advanced air bags. For the • Modification to the seat struc- the advanced air bag system, same reason, do not attach any- ture can cause the air bag to including the occupant detec- thing to the seat, dashboard or deploy at a different level than tion system. door, even temporarily. If the should be provided. system is adversely affected, it (Continued) • Do not place any objects could cause severe personal underneath the front seats as injuries or death in a collision. they could damage and/or interfere with the occupant detection system.

355 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING (Continued) • Be sure to read information about • Front and side air bags can the SRS on the labels provided on Always use seat belts and child restraints – every trip, every injure occupants improperly the sunvisor. positioned in the front seats. • Advanced air bags are combined time, everyone! Air bags inflate with pre-tensioner seat belts to with considerable force and in • Move your seat as far back as help provide enhanced occupant the blink of an eye. Seat belts practical from the front air protection in frontal crashes. Front help keep occupants in proper bags, while still maintaining air bags are not intended to deploy position to obtain maximum control of the vehicle. in collisions in which sufficient benefit from the air bag. Even • You and your passengers protection can be provided by the with advanced air bags, improp- should never sit or lean pre-tensioner seat belt. erly and unbelted occupants unnecessarily close to the air can be severely injured when bags. Improperly positioned the air bag inflates. Always fol- drivers and passengers can low the precautions about seat be severely injured by inflat- belts, air bags and occupant ing air bags. safety contained in this manual. • Never lean against the door or To reduce the chance of serious center console – always sit in or fatal injuries and receive the an upright position. maximum safety benefit from • Do not allow a passenger to your restraint system: ride in the front seat when the • Never place a child in any PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” child or booster seat in the indicator is illuminated, front seat. because the air bag will not • ABC – Always Buckle deploy in the event of a mod- Children in the 2nd Row seat. erate or severe frontal crash. It is the safest place for chil- (Continued) dren of any age to ride. (Continued)

3 56 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) • No objects should be placed • If the SRS air bag warning • Front air bags are not intend- over or near the air bag mod- light remains illuminated ed to deploy in side-impact, ules on the steering wheel, while the vehicle is being driv- rear-impact or rollover crash- instrument panel or the front en, have an authorized Kia es. In addition, front air bags passenger's panel above the dealer inspect the air bag sys- will not deploy in frontal glove box, because any such tem as soon as possible. crashes below the deploy- object could cause harm if the • Air bags can only be used ment threshold. vehicle is in a crash severe once – have an authorized Kia (Continued) enough to cause the air bags dealer replace the air bag to deploy. immediately after deployment. • Never place covers, blankets • The SRS is designed to or aftermarket seat warmers deploy the front air bags only on the passenger seat as when an impact is sufficiently these may interfere with the severe and when the impact occupant detection system. angle is less than 30° from the • Do not tamper with or discon- forward longitudinal axis of nect SRS wiring or other com- the vehicle. Additionally, the ponents of the SRS system. air bags will only deploy once. Doing so could result in injury, Seat belts must be worn at all due to accidental deployment times. of the air bags or by rendering (Continued) the SRS inoperative. (Continued)

357 Safety features of your vehicle

Rear impact (Continued) (Continued) • Even though your vehicle is • For maximum safety protection equipped with the occupant in all types of crashes, all occu- detection system, do not pants including the driver install a child restraint system should always wear their seat in the front passenger seat belts whether or not an air bag position. A child restraint sys- is also provided at their seating tem must never be placed in position to minimize the risk of OEP036096N Side impact the front seat. The infant or severe injury or death in the child could be severely event of a crash. Do not sit or injured or killed by an air bag lean unnecessarily close to the deployment in case of an acci- air bag while the vehicle is in dent. motion. • Children age 12 and under • Sitting improperly or out of must always be properly position can result in serious restrained in the rear seat. or fatal injury in a crash. All Never allow children to ride in occupants should sit upright OVQ036018N the front passenger seat. If a with the seat back in an upright Rollover child over 12 must be seated position, centered on the seat in the front seat, he or she cushion with their seat belt on, must be properly belted and legs comfortably extended and the seat should be moved as their feet on the floor until the far back as possible. vehicle is parked and the igni- (Continued) tion key is removed or the engine is shut off. (Continued) 1VQA2091

3 58 Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag • The side air bags are designed to (Continued) deploy during certain side-impact • The SRS air bag system must collisions, depending on the crash deploy very rapidly to provide severity, angle, speed and point of protection in a crash. If an impact. occupant is out of position • The side and/or curtain air bags do because of not wearing a seat not only deploy on the side of the belt, the air bag may forcefully impact but also on the opposite contact the occupant causing side. serious or fatal injuries. • The side and/or curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy OPS033023 if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. • The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the OPS033037 doors, stretch their arms out of ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif- the window, or place objects fer from the illustration. between the doors and passen- Your vehicle is equipped with a side gers when they are seated on air bag in each front seat. The pur- seats equipped with side and/or pose of the air bag is to provide the curtain air bags. vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone. 359 Safety features of your vehicle

Curtain air bag WARNING (Continued) • The side air bag is supple- • Do not install any accessories mental to the driver's and the on the side or near the side air passenger's seat belt systems bag. and is not a substitute for • Do not place any objects over them. Therefore your seat the air bag or between the air belts must be worn at all times bag and yourself. while the vehicle is in opera- • Do not place any objects (an tion. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the • For best protection from the front door and the front seat. side air bag system and to Such objects may become dan- OPS033024 avoid being injured by the gerous projectiles and cause deploying side air bag, both injury if the supplemental side front seat occupants should air bag inflates. sit in an upright position with • To prevent unexpected deploy- the seat belt properly fas- ment of the side air bag that tened. The driver's hands may result in personal injury, should be placed on the steer- avoid impact to the side impact ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 sensor when the ignition positions. The passenger's switch is on. arms and hands should be • If seat or seat cover is dam- placed on their laps. aged, have the vehicle checked OPS033038 • Do not use any accessory and repaired by an authorized ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif- seat covers. Kia dealer. Inform the dealer fer from the illustration. • Use of seat covers could that your vehicle is equipped Curtain air bags are located along reduce or prevent the effec- with side air bags and an occu- both sides of the roof rails above the tiveness of the system. pant detection system. front and rear doors. (Continued)

3 60 Safety features of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect occupants in certain side impacts WARNING (Continued) and to help prevent them from eject- • In order for side and curtain • Do not allow the passengers ing out of the vehicle as a result of a air bags to provide the best to lean their heads or bodies rollover, especially when the seat- protection, front seat occu- against the doors, put their belts are also in use. pants and outboard rear occu- arms on the doors, stretch • The curtain air bags are designed pants should sit in an upright their arms out of the window to deploy during certain side position with the seat belts or place objects between the impact collisions, depending on the properly fastened. doors and passengers when they are seated on seats crash severity, angle, speed and Importantly, children should point of impact. equipped with side impact sit in a proper child restraint and/or curtain air bags. • The side and/or curtain air bags system in the rear seat. do not only deploy on the side of • Never try to open or repair any • When children are seated in components of the side and the impact but also on the opposite the rear outboard seats, they side. curtain air bag system. This must be seated in the proper should only be done by an • Also, the curtain air bags on both child restraint system. Make authorized Kia dealer. sides of the vehicle will deploy in sure to position the child certain rollover situations. restraint system as far away Failure to follow the above mentioned instructions can result in • The curtain air bags are not from the door side as possible, and secure the child injury or death to the vehicle designed to deploy in all side occupants in an accident. impact or rollover situations. restraint system in a locked position. (Continued)

361 Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

1 2 3 4

OPS033025N/OPS033026/OPS033027/OPS033028/OPS033029 (1) SRS control module/Rollover sensor (3) Side impact sensor (2) Front impact sensor (4) Side pressure sensor

3 62 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag inflation conditions WARNING (Continued) • Do not hit or allow any objects • Problems may arise if the sen- to impact the locations where sor installation angles are air bags or sensors are changed due to the deforma- installed. tion of the front bumper, front end module, body or front This may cause unexpected doors and/or B pillar where air bag deployment, which side collision sensors are could result in serious per- installed. Have the vehicle sonal injury or death. checked and repaired by an • If the installation location or authorized Kia dealer. angle of the sensors is altered • Installing bumper guards (or in any way, the air bags may side step or running board) or 1VQA2084 deploy when they should not replacing a bumper (or front Front air bags or they may not deploy when door module) with non-gen- they should, causing severe uine parts may adversely Front air bags are designed to inflate injury or death. affect your vehicle’s collision in a frontal collision depending on Therefore, do not try to per- and air bag deployment per- the intensity, speed or angles of form maintenance on or formance. impact of the front collision. around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. (Continued)

363 Safety features of your vehicle

Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive Although the front air bags (driver’s carefully on unimproved roads or on and front passenger’s air bags) are surfaces not designed for vehicle designed to inflate in frontal colli- traffic to prevent unintended air bag sions, they also may inflate in other deployment. types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. side OVQ036018N and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions. They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors. Side air bag and/or curtain air bags may also inflate where rollover sensors indicate the possibility of a rollover occurring (even if none actually occurs) or in other situations, incluid- ing when the vehicle is tilted while OPS033039 being towed. Even where side and/or ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif- curtain air bags would not provide fer from the illustration. impact protection in a rollover, how- Side air/or curtain air bags ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec- Side air bags (side and/or curtain air tion of occupants, especially those bags) are designed to inflate when an who are restrained with seat belts. impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength, speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision. 3 64 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OUN036087 OVQ036018N

1VQA2086 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because • In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection. tection of the seat belts in such collisions.

365 Safety features of your vehicle

1VQA2089 1VQA2090 1VQA2091 • In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents because front a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- airbag deployment would not pro- would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- vide additional occupant protection. additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this bags. "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.

3 66 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance- WARNING free and so there are no parts you can • Modification to SRS compo- safely service by yourself. If the SRS nents or wiring, including the air bag warning light does not illumi- addition of any kind of badges nate, or continuously remains on, to the pad covers or modifica- have your vehicle immediately tions to the body structure, inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury. Any work on the SRS system, such • For cleaning the air bag pad as removing, installing, repairing, or 1VQA2092 covers, use only a soft, dry any work on the steering wheel, the cloth or one which has been • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- front passenger’s panel, front seats moistened with plain water. cle collides with objects such as and roof rails must be performed by Solvents or cleaners could utility poles or trees, where the an authorized Kia dealer. Improper adversely affect the air bag point of impact is concentrated to handling of the SRS system may covers and proper deploy- one area and the full force of the result in serious personal injury. impact is not delivered to the sen- ment of the system. sors. • No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box, because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate. (Continued)

367 Safety features of your vehicle

Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place (Continued) hard or sharp objects between • If the air bags inflate, they • Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded- themselves and the air bags. must be replaced by an Carrying hard or sharp objects on authorized Kia dealer. down back seat. All occupants should sit upright, fully back in their your lap or in your mouth can result • Do not tamper with or discon- seats with their seat belts on and in injuries if an air bag inflates. nect SRS wiring, or other their feet on the floor. • Keep occupants away from the components of the SRS sys- • Passengers should not move air bag covers. All occupants tem. Doing so could result in should sit upright, fully back in their injury, due to accidental infla- out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger seats with their seat belts on and tion of the air bags or by ren- their feet on the floor. If occupants dering the SRS inoperative. who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can are too close to the air bag covers, • If components of the air bag be thrown against the inside of the they could be injured if the air bags system must be discarded, or vehicle, against other occupants, inflate. if the vehicle must be or out of the vehicle. • Do not attach or place objects scrapped, certain safety pre- on or near the air bag covers. cautions must be observed. • Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant. If more Any object attached to or placed An authorized Kia dealer on the front or side air bag covers knows these precautions and than one person uses the same seat belt, they could be seriously could interfere with the proper can give you the necessary operation of the air bags. information. Failure to follow injured or killed in a collision. • Do not use any accessories on • Do not modify the front seats. these precautions and proce- Modification of the front seats dures could increase the risk seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or repo- could interfere with the operation of of personal injury. the supplemental restraint system • If your vehicle was flooded sition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt sensing components or side air and has soaked carpeting or bags. water on flooring, you should- and increase the chance of serious n't try to start the engine; injury in a crash. have the vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer.

3 68 Safety features of your vehicle

• Do not place items under the Adding equipment to or modi- front seats. Placing items under WARNING fying your air bag-equipped the front seats could interfere with • Sitting improperly or out of vehicle the operation of the supplemental position can cause occupants If you modify your vehicle by changing restraint system sensing compo- to be shifted too close to a nents and wiring harnesses. your vehicle's frame, bumper system, deploying air bag, strike the front end or side sheet metal or ride • Never hold an infant or child on interior structure or be thrown height, this may affect the operation of your lap. The infant or child could from the vehicle resulting in your vehicle's air bag system. be seriously injured or killed in the serious injury or death. event of a crash. All infants and • Always sit upright with the children should be properly seatback in an upright posi- restrained in appropriate child tion, centered on the seat safety seats or seat belts in the cushion with your seat belt rear seat. on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on the floor. • Always have the ignition OFF when the vehicle is being towed or where it may otherwise be tilted, since the side and/or curtain air bags may inflate if the sensors interpret those tilt angles as a potential rollover. • Be careful not to cause impact to the doors when the ignition is ON.The air bags may inflate.

369 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning label

OAM039041

OPS033030 Air bag warning labels, some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

370 Features of your vehicle

Key ...... 4-4 Windows ...... 4-26 • Record your key number ...... 4-4 • Power windows ...... 4-27 • Key operations ...... 4-4 Hood...... 4-32 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-6 • Opening the hood ...... 4-32 • Battery replacement ...... 4-7 • Closing the hood ...... 4-32 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-34 Smart key ...... 4-11 • Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-34 • Record your key number ...... 4-11 • Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-34 • Smart key function ...... 4-11 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-37 • Loss of the smart key ...... 4-14 • Sunroof open warning...... 4-38 • Smart key precautions ...... 4-15 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-38 4 • Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-15 • Tilting the sunroof...... 4-39 • Battery replacement ...... 4-17 • Sunshade ...... 4-40 Door locks ...... 4-19 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-41 • Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-19 Steering wheel...... 4-43 • Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 4-20 • Electric power steering (EPS) ...... 4-43 • Impact sensing door unlock system...... 4-22 • Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-44 • Auto door lock/unlock feature ...... 4-22 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-45 • Speed sensing door lock system ...... 4-23 • Horn ...... 4-45 • Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-23 • FLEX steer...... 4-46 Tailgate ...... 4-24 Mirrors ...... 4-49 • Opening the tailgate ...... 4-24 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-49 • Closing the tailgate ...... 4-24 • Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-51 • Emergency tailgate safety release ...... 4-25 Instrument cluster ...... 4-54 • Lighting control ...... 4-90 • Instrument Cluster Control ...... 4-55 • High beam operation ...... 4-91 • LCD Display Control ...... 4-55 • Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-92 • Gauges ...... 4-56 • Front fog light ...... 4-93 • Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-60 Wipers and Washers ...... 4-94 LCD Display ...... 4-62 • Windshield wiper/washer ...... 4-94 • LCD Modes ...... 4-62 • Rear window wiper/washer ...... 4-94 • Service Mode ...... 4-63 • Windshield wipers ...... 4-94 • User Settings Mode ...... 4-64 • Windshield washers...... 4-95 • A/V Mode ...... 4-66 • Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-96 4 • Turn By Turn Mode ...... 4-67 Interior light ...... 4-97 • Warning Messages...... 4-67 • Interior lamp auto cut...... 4-97 Trip computer...... 4-72 • Map lamp ...... 4-97 • Overview...... 4-72 • Room lamp...... 4-98 • Trip A/B ...... 4-73 • Luggage room lamp ...... 4-99 • Fuel Economy ...... 4-74 • Portable lamp usage ...... 4-99 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-76 • Glove box lamp ...... 4-101 • Warning lights ...... 4-76 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-101 • Indicator Lights...... 4-83 Defroster ...... 4-102 Rear camera display ...... 4-88 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-102 Lighting ...... 4-89 Manual climate control system ...... 4-104 • Headlamp escort ...... 4-89 • Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-105 • Battery saver function...... 4-89 • System operation ...... 4-110 • Daytime running light...... 4-89 • Climate control air filter...... 4-112 • Checking the amount of • Seat warmer...... 4-134 air conditioner refrigerant and • Seat air ventilation ...... 4-135 compressor lubricant ...... 4-112 • Rear seat warmer ...... 4-136 Automatic climate control system...... 4-113 • Power outlet ...... 4-137 • Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-114 • Clothes hanger...... 4-138 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-115 • Floor mat anchor(s)...... 4-138 • System operation ...... 4-122 • Luggage net holder ...... 4-139 • Climate control air filter...... 4-124 • Cargo area cover ...... 4-140 • Checking the amount of Exterior features...... 4-141 air conditioner refrigerant and • Mounting bracket for roof carrier...... 4-141 compressor lubricant ...... 4-124 Audio system...... 4-143 4 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-125 • Antenna ...... 4-143 • Manual climate control system ...... 4-125 • Audio remote control...... 4-144 • Automatic climate control system ...... 4-126 • Aux, USB and iPod® port ...... 4-145 • Defogging logic...... 4-127 • Advanced lighting speaker ...... 4-146 Clean air ...... 4-129 Storage compartment...... 4-130 • Center console storage ...... 4-130 • Glove box ...... 4-130 • Cool box ...... 4-131 • Sunglass holder ...... 4-131 • Luggage box...... 4-132 Interior features ...... 4-133 • Cup holder ...... 4-133 • Sunvisor ...... 4-133 Features of your vehicle

KEY Record your key number Key operations • To unfold the key, press the release button (1) then the key will unfold The key code num- ■ Type A ber is stamped on automatically. To fold the key, fold the key code tag the key manually while pressing attached to the key the release button (1). set. Should you lose your keys, this number will CAUTION enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove Do not fold the key without the key code tag and store it in a safe pressing the release button. place. Also, record the key code This may damage the key. number and keep it in a safe and OED036001A handy place, but not in the vehicle. ■ Type B WARNING Use only Kia original parts for the ignition key in your vehicle. If an aftermarket key is used, the ignition switch may not return to ON after START. If this happens, the starter will continue to operate causing damage to the starter motor and possi- OXMA043331 ble fire due to excessive current • Used to start the engine. in the wiring. • Used to lock and unlock the doors.

44 Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2) WARNING - Ignition key 1. Press the unlock button(2). (smart key) 2. The driver's door will unlock. The Leaving children unattended in hazard warning lights will blink two a vehicle with the Ignition key times. (smart key) is dangerous even if 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice the key is not in the ignition within 4 seconds and all doors and switch or start button is ACC or tailgate will unlock. The hazard ON position. Children copy warning lights will blink two times. adults and they could place the key in the ignition switch or press the start button. The ✽ NOTICE Ignition key (smart key) would OXMA043317 You can activate or deactivate the enable children to operate Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to power windows or other con- 1. Close all doors, engine hood and "User settings" in this chapter. trols, or even make the vehicle tailgate. move, which could result in 2. Press the lock button(1). serious bodily injury or even 3. All doors and tailgate will lock. The death. Never leave the keys in hazard warning lights will blink your vehicle with unsupervised once. children, when the engine is running. 4. If the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink and the horn will sound once. 5. Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle.

45 Features of your vehicle

Tailgate unlock (3) Transmitter precautions (Continued) The tailgate is unlocked if the button ✽ NOTICE • If the transmitter is in close prox- is pressed for more than 1 second. imity to your mobile phone, the The transmitter will not work if any signal could be blocked by your Also, once the tailgate is opened and of following occur: mobile phones normal operational then closed, the tailgate will be • The ignition key is in the ignition signals. This is especially impor- locked automatically. switch. tant when the phone is active such • You exceed the operating distance as making and receiving calls, text Panic (4) limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). messaging, and/or sending/receiv- • The battery in the transmitter is The horn sounds and hazard warning emails. Avoid placing the weak. transmitter and your mobile ing lights flash for about 30 seconds • Other vehicles or objects may be if this button is pressed for more than phone in the same pants or jacket blocking the signal. pocket and always try to maintain 1 second. To stop the horn and lights, • The weather is extremely cold. press any button except the trunk an adequate distance between the • The transmitter is close to a radio two devices. button on the transmitter. transmitter such as a radio substa- tion or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the CAUTION transmitter. Keep the transmitter away from When the transmitter does not work water or any liquid. If the key- correctly, open and close the door less entry system is inoperative with the ignition key. If you have a due to exposure to water or liq- problem with the transmitter, contact uids, it will not be covered by an authorized Kia dealer. your manufacturer’s vehicle (Continued) warranty.

64 Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement For replacement transmitters, see an authorized Kia dealer for transmitter CAUTION - Transmitter reprogramming. damage • The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit- ever it can malfunction if exposed to ter to heat or sunlight. moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery, contact IC WARNING an authorized Kia dealer. This device complies with • Using the wrong battery can cause Industry Canada licence- the transmitter to malfunction. Be exempt RSS standard(s). sure to use the correct battery. OYDDCO2005 Operation is subject to the fol- • To avoid damaging the transmitter, lowing two conditions: (1) this The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it battery which will normally last for device may not cause interfer- to heat or sunlight. several years. When replacement is ence, and (2) this device must necessary, use the following proce- • An inappropriately disposed accept any interference, includ- dure. battery can be harmful to the ing interference that may cause environment and may cause 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and undesired operation of the human health. Dispose the gently pry open the transmitter device. battery according to your center cover. local law(s) or regulation. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery is positioned battery. 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

47 Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- ✽ NOTICE Your vehicle is equipped with an tem: When starting the engine, do not use electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- the key with other immobilizer keys to reduce the risk of unauthorized tion. The immobilizer system acti- around. Otherwise the engine may vehicle use. vates automatically. Without a valid not start or may stop soon after it Your immobilizer system is com- ignition key for your vehicle, the starts. Keep each key separate in prised of a small transponder in the engine will not start. order to avoid a starting malfunction. ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle. To deactivate the immobilizer CAUTION With the immobilizer system, when- system: Do not put metal accessories ever you insert your ignition key into Insert the ignition key into the key near the ignition switch. the ignition switch and turn it to ON, cylinder and turn it to the ON position. Metal accessories may interrupt it checks and determines and verifies the transponder signal and may if the ignition key is valid. prevent the engine from being If the key is determined to be valid, WARNING started. the engine will start. In order to prevent theft of your If the key is determined to be invalid, vehicle, do not leave spare keys the engine will not start. anywhere in your vehicle. Your ✽ NOTICE Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose should be kept confidential. Do your keys, contact an authorized not leave this number anywhere Kia dealer. in your vehicle.

84 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Limp home (override) proce- CAUTION Canada Standard RSS-210. dure The transponder in your ignition Operation is subject to the following When you turn the ignition switch to key is an important part of the two conditions: the ON position, if the immobilizer immobilizer system. It is 1. This device may not cause harm- indicator ( ) goes off after blink- designed to give years of trou- ful interference, and ing 5 times, your transponder ble-free service, however you equipped in the ignition key is out of should avoid exposure to mois- 2. This device must accept any interference received, including inter- order. You cannot start the engine ture, static electricity and rough without the limp home procedure. To handling. Immobilizer system ference that may cause undesired operation. start the engine, you have to input malfunction could occur. your password by using the ignition switch. Your password is only avail- CAUTION able from an authorized Kia dealer- CAUTION Changes or modifications not ship. Contact an authorized dealer Do not change, alter or adjust expressly approved by the party for more information. the immobilizer system because responsible for compliance The following procedure is how to it could cause the immobilizer could void the user’s authority input your password of “2345” as an system to malfunction and to operate the equipment. If the example. should only be serviced by an keyless entry system is inopera- 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON authorized Kia dealer. tive due to changes or modifica- position. The immobilizer indicator Malfunctions caused by improp- tions not approved by the party ( ) will blink 5 times and go off er alterations, adjustments or responsible for compliance, it indicating the beginning of the limp modifications to the immobilizer will not be covered by your man- home procedure. ufacturer’s vehicle warranty. system are not covered by your 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC vehicle manufacturer warranty. position.

49 Features of your vehicle

3. To enter the first digit (in this example “2”), turn the ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice. Perform the same procedure for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds (for example, for “3”, turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times). 4. If all of the digits have been input successfully, you have to start the engine within 30 seconds. If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds, the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again. After performing the limp home procedure, you have to see an authorized Kia dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system.

4 10 Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or The key code num- unlock a door (and Tailgate) and start ber is stamped on the engine. the key code tag Refer to the following for more attached to the key details. set. Should you lose your keys, this number will WARNING - Smart key enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove Leaving children unattended in the key code tag and store it in a safe a vehicle with the smart key is place. Also, record the key code dangerous. Unattended children number and keep it in a safe and mimic adults and they could handy place, but not in the vehicle. press the engine start/stop but- OXMA043316 ton which would enable children To remove the mechanical key, press to operate power windows or and hold the release button(1) and other controls, or even make the remove the mechanical key (2). vehicle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or To reinstall the mechanical key, put even death. Never leave the keys the key into the hole and push it until in your vehicle with unsuper- a click sound is heard. vised children.

411 Features of your vehicle

Door Lock ✽ NOTICE • The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1m (28~40 in. ) from the outside door handle. • Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur: - The smart key is in the vehicle. OXMA043316/Q - The engine start/stop button is Using the button on the smart key in ACC or ON position. 1 Close all doors, engine hood and OPS043010 - Any door except the tailgate is tailgate. Using the door handle button open. 2. Press the lock button(1). 1. Carry the smart key. 3. The hazard warning lights will blink 2. Close all doors, engine hood and and the chime will sound once. tailgate. 4. Make sure that doors are locked 3. Press the button of the outside by pulling the outside door handle. door handle. 4. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once. 5. Make sure that doors are locked by pulling the outside door handle.

4 12 Features of your vehicle

Unlocking ✽ NOTICE Using the button on the smart key Using the door handle button • The button will only operate when 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the 1. Carry the smart key. the smart key is within 0.7~1m smart key. 2. Press the button of the driver's (28~40 in. ) from the outside door 2. The driver’s door will unlock. The outside door handle. handle. hazard warning lights will blink and • When the smart key is recognized the chime will sound two times. 3. The driver’s door will unlock. The in the area of 0.7~1m (28~40 in.) 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice hazard warning lights will blink and from the front outside door han- the chime will sound two times. within 4 seconds and all doors and dle, other people can also open the the tailgate will unlock. The hazard 4. Press the button twice within 4 doors. warning lights will blink and the seconds and all doors and the tail- • After unlocking the driver’s door chime will sound two times. gate will unlock and the hazard or all doors, the door(s) will lock warning lights will blink and the automatically unless the door is chime will sound two times. opened. ✽ NOTICE After pressing the button, the doors ❈ If you press the button of the front will lock automatically unless any passenger’s outside door handle door is opened within 30 seconds. while carrying the smart key, all doors will unlock. ✽ NOTICE You can activate or deactivate the Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to "User settings" in this chapter.

413 Features of your vehicle

Tailgate unlocking Panic Loss of the smart key Using the tailgate handle button 1. Press the panic button(4) for more A maximum of 2 smart keys can be 1. Carry the smart key. than 1 second. registered to a single vehicle. 2. Press the tailgate handle button. 2. The horn sounds and hazard If you happen to lose your smart key, 3. When all doors are locked, the warning light flash for about 30 you will not be able to start the hazard warning lights will blink two seconds. engine. You should immediately take times. the vehicle and remaining key to your Once the tailgate is opened and ✽ NOTICE authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi- then closed, the tailgate will lock cle, if necessary) to protect it from automatically. To stop the horn and lights, press potential theft. any button on the smart key. ✽ NOTICE Start-up The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1m You can start the engine without (28~40in.) from the tailgate handle. inserting the key. For detailed information refer to the “Engine start/stop Using the button on the smart key button” in chapter 5. 1. Press the tailgate unlock button(3) for more than 1 second. 2. When all doors are locked, the hazard warning lights will blink two times.

4 14 Features of your vehicle

Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximi- Smart key immobilizer system • The smart key will not work if any ty to your cell phone or smart Your vehicle is equipped with an of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart electronic engine immobilizer system key could be blocked by normal - The smart key is close to a radio to reduce the risk of unauthorized operation of your cell phone or vehicle use. transmitter such as a radio sta- smart phone. This is especially tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active Your immobilizer system is com- fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving prised of a small transponder in the smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send- smart key and electronic devices - The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing inside the vehicle. two way radio system or a cellu- the smart key and your cell phone With the immobilizer system, when- lar phone. or smart phone in the same pants ever you turn the engine start/stop - Another vehicle’s smart key is or jacket pocket and maintain ade- button to the ON position by pressing being operated close to your quate distance between the two the button while carrying the smart vehicle. devices. key, it checks and determines and verifies if the smart key is valid or not. • When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door CAUTION If the key is determined to be valid, with the mechanical key and contact Keep the smart key away from the engine will start. an authorized Kia dealer. water or any liquid. If the key- If the key is determined to be invalid, less entry system is inoperative the engine will not start. due to exposure to water or other liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

415 Features of your vehicle

To deactivate the immobilizer ✽ NOTICE CAUTION system: When starting the engine, do not use Turn the engine start/stop button to the key with other immobilizer keys The transponder in your smart the ON position by pressing the but- around. Otherwise the engine may key is an important part of the ton while carrying the smart key. not start or may stop soon after it immobilizer system. It is starts. Keep each key separate in designed to give years of trou- order to avoid a starting malfunction. ble-free service, however you To activate the immobilizer system: should avoid exposure to mois- Turn the engine start/stop button to ture, static electricity and rough the OFF position. The immobilizer CAUTION handling. Immobilizer system system activates automatically. Do not put metal accessories malfunction could occur. Without a valid smart key for your near the smart key. vehicle, the engine will not start. The engine may not start because the metal accessories CAUTION CAUTION may interrupt the transponder Do not change, alter or adjust In order to prevent theft of your signal from transmitting normally. the immobilizer system because vehicle, do not leave spare keys it could cause the immobilizer anywhere in your vehicle. Your ✽ system to malfunction and Immobilizer password is a cus- NOTICE should only be serviced by an tomer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose authorized Kia dealer. should be kept confidential. Do your keys, contact an authorized Malfunctions caused by improp- not leave this number anywhere Kia dealer. er alterations, adjustments or in your vehicle. modifications to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty.

4 16 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Battery replacement 4. Install the battery in the reverse Canada Standard RSS-210. order of removal. Operation is subject to the following • The smart key is designed to give two conditions: you years of trouble-free use, how- 1. This device may not cause harm- ever it can malfunction if exposed ful interference, and to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use or 2. This device must accept any inter- replace the battery, contact an ference received, including inter- authorized Kia dealer. ference that may cause undesired operation. • Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct battery.

WARNING OPS043002 • To avoid damaging the smart key, Changes or modifications not don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight. expressly approved by the party several years, but if the smart key is responsible for compliance not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately dis- could void the user’s authority the battery with a new one. If you are posed battery can be harm- to operate the equipment. If the unsure how to use your smart key or ful to the environment and keyless entry system is inoper- replace the battery, contact an human health. Dispose the ative due to changes or modifi- authorized Kia dealer. battery according to your cations not expressly approved local law(s) or regulation. by the party responsible for 1. Remove the mechanical key. compliance, it will not be cov- 2. Pry open the rear cover. ered by your manufacturer’s 3. Replace the battery with a new vehicle warranty. battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery position.

417 Features of your vehicle

CAUTION - Smart key damage Do not drop, get wet or expose the smart key to heat or sunlight, or it will be damaged.

IC WARNING This device complies with Industry Canada licence- exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

4 18 Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating. door locks from • From the driver's door ✽ NOTICE outside the vehicle - turn the key to the left once to • In cold and wet climates, door lock ■ Type A ■ Type B unlock the door and once more and door mechanisms may not within 4 seconds to unlock all work properly due to freezing con- doors. (for normal key). ditions. Lock - turn the key to the left once to • If the door is locked/unlocked Lock unlock the driver's door. (for fold- multiple times in rapid succession ing key, smart key. with either the vehicle key or door Unlock Unlock • Doors can also be locked and lock switch, the system may stop unlocked with the transmitter. operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent • Once the doors are unlocked, they damage to system components. may be opened by pulling the door handle. OPS043011 • When closing the door, push the • Turn the key clockwise to lock and door by hand. Make sure the doors WARNING counterclockwise to unlock. are closed securely. • If you don’t close the door • If you lock the driver's door with a securely, the door may open key again. - all vehicle doors will lock auto- • Be careful that someone’s matically. (for normal key) body and hands are not trapped when closing the door. - only the driver's door will lock. (for folding key, smart key)

419 Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • To open a door, pull the door han- inside the vehicle dle (3) outward. With the door lock button • If the inner door handle of the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open. (if equipped) • Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened. Lock OPS043012 Unlock • To lock a door without the key, push the inside door lock button (1) or central door lock switch (2) to the “Lock” position and close the OPS043013 door (3). • To unlock a door, push the door • If you lock the door with the central lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi- door lock switch (2), all vehicle tion. The red mark (2) on the button doors will lock automatically. will be visible. • To lock a door, push the door lock ✽ NOTICE button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door is locked properly, the red Always remove the ignition key, mark (2) on the door lock button engage the parking brake, close all will not be visible. windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended.

4 20 Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch • When pressing the rear portion (2) WARNING - Door lock of the switch, all vehicle doors will malfunction Driver’s door unlock. If a power door lock ever fails to • If the key is in the ignition switch function while you are in the and any front door is opened, the vehicle, try one or more of the doors will not lock even though the following techniques to exit: front portion (1) of the central door • Operate the door unlock fea- lock switch is pressed. ture repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. OPS043014 • Operate the other door locks Passenger’s door and handles, front and rear. • Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside. • Move to the cargo area and open the tailgate.

OPS043015 Operate by pressing the central door lock switch. • When pressing the front portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.

421 Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock WARNING - Doors WARNING - Unlocked system vehicles • The doors should always be In the event of air bag deployment fully closed and locked while Leaving your vehicle unlocked resulting from a vehicle impact, all the vehicle is in motion to pre- can invite theft or possible harm doors will automatically unlock. vent accidental opening of the to you or others from someone door. Locked doors will also hiding in your vehicle while you Auto door lock/unlock feature discourage potential intruders are gone. Always remove the (if equipped) when the vehicle stops or ignition key, engage the parking slows down. brake, close all windows and • All doors will automatically lock • Be careful when opening lock all doors when leaving when the transaxle shift lever is doors and watch for vehicles, your vehicle unattended. shifted out of P(Park). motorcycles, bicycles or • All doors will automatically unlock pedestrians approaching the when the transaxle shift lever is vehicle in the path of the door. WARNING - Unattended shifted into P (Park). Opening a door when some- children thing is approaching can cause damage or injury. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Furthermore, children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle. Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle.

4 22 Features of your vehicle

Speed sensing door lock sys- Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door. tem (if equipped) To open the rear door, pull the out- All doors will be automatically locked side door handle. after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 Even though the doors may be km/h (9.3 mph). And all doors will be unlocked, the rear door will not open automatically unlocked when you by pulling the inner door handle (1) turn the engine off or when you until the rear door child safety lock is remove the ignition key. unlocked.

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Rear door You can select some auto door locks lock/unlock features in “User OPS043016 If children accidentally open the Settings” as follows; rear doors while the vehicle is • Speed sensing auto door lock The child safety lock is provided to in motion, they could fall out of • Auto door unlock when the igni- help prevent children from acciden- the vehicle, resulting in severe tion key is removed from the igni- tally opening the rear doors from injury or death. To prevent chil- tion switch or engine is turned off. inside the vehicle. The rear door dren from opening the rear • Auto door lock/unlock by shifting safety locks should be used whenev- doors from the inside, the rear the shift lever out of P(Park) or er children are in the vehicle. door safety locks should be into P(Park). 1. Open the rear door. used whenever children are in For more information, refer to 2. Push the child safety lock located the vehicle. “User Settings” in this chapter. on the rear edge of the door to the lock ( ) position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled.

423 Features of your vehicle

TAILGATE Opening the tailgate ✽ NOTICE Closing the tailgate In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

WARNING The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate.

OPS043017 CAUTION OPS043018 • The tailgate is locked or unlocked Make certain that you close the To close the tailgate, lower and push when all doors are locked or tailgate before driving your down the tailgate firmly. Make sure unlocked with the key, transmitter vehicle. Possible damage may that the tailgate is securely latched. (or smart key) or central door lock occur to the tailgate lift cylin- switch. ders and attached hardware if • If unlocked, the tailgate can be the tailgate is not closed prior to WARNING opened by pressing the handle driving. Make sure your hands, feet and switch and then pulling the handle other parts of your body are up. safely out of the way before • Only the tailgate is unlocked if the closing the tailgate. tailgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed (if equipped). Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate is locked automatically.

4 24 Features of your vehicle

Emergency tailgate safety WARNING - Exhaust release WARNING fumes • For emergencies, be fully If you drive with the tailgate aware of the location of the open, you may draw dangerous emergency tailgate safety exhaust fumes into your vehicle release lever in the vehicle which can cause serious injury and how to open the tailgate if or death to vehicle occupants. you are accidentally locked in If you must drive with the tail- the cargo area. gate opened, keep the air vents • No one should be allowed to and all windows open so that occupy the cargo area of the additional outside air comes vehicle at any time. The cargo into the vehicle. area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash. OPS043019 • Use the release lever for Your vehicle is equipped with an emergencies only. Use with WARNING - Rear cargo emergency tailgate safety release area extreme caution, especially lever located on the bottom of the while the vehicle is in motion. Occupants should never ride in tailgate. When someone is inadver- the rear cargo area where no tently locked in the cargo area, the restraints are available.To avoid tailgate can be opened by pushing injury in the event of an acci- the release lever and pushing open dent or sudden stops, occu- the tailgate. pants should always be properly restrained.

425 Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window up/down (7) Power window lock switch

✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

OPS043020

4 26 Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- ation of the rear passenger windows. mal occurrence and can be reduced The power windows can be operated or eliminated by taking the follow- for approximately 30 seconds after ing actions. If the noise occurs with the ignition key is removed or turned one or both of the rear windows to the ACC or LOCK position. down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If However, if the front doors are OPS043021 opened, the power windows cannot you experience the noise with the be operated even within the 30 sec- sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power ond period. size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (5).

427 Features of your vehicle

Auto down window (if equipped) Auto up/down window 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (if equipped) position. 2. Close the driver’s window and continue pulling up the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OPS043203 Pressing the power window switch OPS043022 momentarily to the second detent Pressing or pulling up the power win- position (6) completely lowers the dow switch momentarily to the sec- driver’s window even when the ond detent position (6) completely switch is released. To stop the win- lowers or raises the window even dow at the desired position while the when the switch is released. To stop window is in operation, momentarily the window at the desired position pull up the switch to the opposite while the window is in operation, pull direction of the window movement. up or press down and release the switch. If the power window does not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:

4 28 Features of your vehicle

And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 WARNING seconds after the window is lowered Always check for obstructions by the automatic window reversal before raising any window to feature, the automatic window rever- avoid injuries or vehicle damage. sal will not operate. If an object less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter is caught ✽ NOTICE between the window glass and The automatic reverse feature for the upper window channel, the the driver’s window is only active automatic reverse window may when the “auto up” feature is used not detect the resistance and will OUN026013 by fully pulling up the switch. The not stop and reverse direction. Automatic reversal automatic reverse feature will not If the upward movement of the win- operate if the window is raised using dow is blocked by an object or part of the halfway position on the power the body, the window will detect the window switch. resistance and will stop upward movement. The window will then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.) to allow the object to be cleared. The distance may vary based on the size or position of the window. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.).

429 Features of your vehicle

Power window lock button • When the power window lock switch is pressed : CAUTION - The driver's master control can • To prevent possible damage operate all the power windows. to the power window system, - The front passenger's control can do not open or close two win- operate the front passenger's dows or more at the same power window. time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse. - The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passenger's • Never try to operate the main power window. switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in the opposite directions at the same time. If OPS043023 this is done, the window will • The driver can disable the power stop and cannot be opened or window switches on the passenger closed. doors by pressing the power window lock button located on the driver’s door to the LOCK position (pressed).

4 30 Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Windows (Continued) • Never leave the keys in your • Do not allow children to play vehicle with unsupervised with the power windows. Keep children, when the engine is the driver’s door power win- running. dow lock button in the LOCK position (pressed). Serious • NEVER leave any child unat- injury can result from uninten- tended in the vehicle. Even tional window operation by very young children may inad- the child. vertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in • Do not extend heads or any the windows, or otherwise limbs outside the window injure themselves or others. while the vehicle is in motion. • Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window. (Continued)

431 Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly installed. 2. Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place.

WARNING OPS043025 • Before closing the hood, OPS043024 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise ensure that all obstructions the hood slightly, pull the second- 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch are removed from the hood ary latch (1) inside of the hood opening. Closing the hood the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2). open slightly. with an obstruction present in 3. Raise the hood. It will completely the hood opening may result rise by itself after it has been in property damage or severe WARNING raised about halfway. personal injury. Open the hood after turning off • Do not leave gloves, rags or the engine on a flat surface, any other combustible materi- shifting the shift lever to the P al in the engine compartment. (Park) position for automatic Doing so may cause a heat- transaxle and to the 1st (First) induced fire. gear or R (Reverse) for manual transaxle, and setting the parking brake.

4 32 Features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING • Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could open while the vehicle is being driven, causing total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. • Do not move the vehicle with the hood raised. The view will be blocked and the hood ODMNMC2034 could fall or get damaged. When you check the engine compartment, Take caution to avoid contacting your head with the safety hook which is located inside of the hood.

433 Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks” once. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed.

✽ NOTICE There may be an intermittent noise OPS043027 near the refueling hole while the OPS043026 1. Stop the engine. engine is idling if the fuel cap is not 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the closed securely. This occurs normal- The fuel filler lid must be opened ly with the OBD system. from inside the vehicle by pulling up fuel filler lid opener button. the fuel filler lid opener. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). ✽ NOTICE If the fuel filler lid does not open 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel When refueling fully at an up hill, because ice has formed around it, filler cap (2) counterclockwise. the fuel gauge may not point to the F tap lightly or push on the lid to break 5. Refuel as needed. position. the ice and release the lid. Do not pry It is not a malfunction. If you move on the lid. If necessary, spray around your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel the lid with an approved de-icer fluid gauge will move to the full position. (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

4 34 Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Refueling (Continued) • If pressurized fuel sprays out, dangers • Do not get back into a vehicle it can cover your clothes or Automotive fuels are flammable once you have begun refuel- skin and subject you to the materials. When refueling, please ing since you can generate risk of fire and burns. Always note the following guidelines static electricity by touching, remove the fuel cap carefully carefully. Failure to follow these rubbing or sliding against any and slowly. If the cap is vent- guidelines may result in severe item or fabric (polyester, satin, ing fuel or if you hear a hiss- personal injury, severe burns or nylon, etc.) capable of producing sound, wait until the con- death by fire or explosion. ing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can dition stops before complete- • Read and follow all warnings ly removing the cap. ignite fuel vapors resulting in posted at the gas station facil- rapid burning. If you must re- • Do not "top off" after the noz- ity. enter the vehicle, you should zle automatically shuts off • Before refueling, note the once again eliminate poten- when refueling. location of the Emergency tially dangerous static elec- • Tighten the cap until it clicks Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, tricity discharge by touching a once, otherwise the fuel cap at the gas station facility. metal part of the vehicle, away open warning indicator • Before touching the fuel noz- from the fuel filler neck, noz- light will illuminate zle, you should eliminate zle or other gasoline source. • Always check that the fuel cap potentially dangerous static (Continued) is installed securely to pre- electricity discharge by touch- vent fuel spillage in the event ing another metal part of the of an accident. vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, noz- zle, or other gas source. (Continued)

435 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION • When using an approved • When refueling, always shut • Make sure to refuel your vehi- portable fuel container, be the engine off. Sparks pro- cle according to the “Fuel sure to place the container on duced by electrical compo- requirements” suggested in the ground prior to refueling. nents related to the engine chapter 1. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing from the container can ignite a fire. Once refueling is com- • If the fuel filler cap requires fuel vapors causing a fire. plete, check to make sure the replacement, use only a gen- Once refueling has begun, filler cap and filler door are uine Kia cap or the equivalent contact with the vehicle securely closed, before start- specified for your vehicle. An should be maintained until the ing the engine. incorrect fuel filler cap can filling is complete. result in a serious malfunction • DO NOT use matches or a of the fuel system or emission Use only approved portable lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or control system. plastic fuel containers leave a lit cigarette in your designed to carry and store vehicle while at a gas station • Do not spill fuel on the exterior gasoline. especially during refueling. surfaces of the vehicle. Any Automotive fuel is highly type of fuel spilled on painted • Do not use cellular phones surfaces may damage the paint. while refueling. Electric cur- flammable and can, when rent and/or electronic interfer- ignited, result in fire. • After refueling, make sure the ence from cellular phones can • If a fire breaks out during refu- fuel cap is installed securely potentially ignite fuel vapors eling, leave the vicinity of the to prevent fuel spillage in the causing a fire. vehicle, and immediately con- event of an accident. (Continued) tact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department or 911. Follow any safety instructions they provide.

4 36 Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) ✽ NOTICE • In cold and wet climates, the sun- WARNING roof may not work properly due to • Never adjust the sunroof or freezing conditions. sunshade while driving. This • After a vehicle is washed or in a could result in loss of control rainstorm be sure to wipe off any and an accident that may water that is on the sunroof before cause death, serious injury, or operating it. property damage. • If you would like to carry items CAUTION on the roof rack using a cross bar, do not operate the sunroof. Do not continue to pull or push OPS043028 • When carrying cargo on the the sunroof glass control lever If your vehicle is equipped with a roof rack, do not load heavy after the sunroof is fully sunroof, you can slide or tilt your items above the sunroof or opened, closed, or tilted. sunroof with the sunroof glass con- glass roof. trol lever located on the overhead Damage to the motor or system components could occur. • All occupants of the vehicle console (1). must wear their seat belts at all times. Seat belts and child The sunroof can only be opened, ✽ NOTICE restraints reduce serious or closed, or tilted when the ignition fatal injuries for all occupants switch is in the ON position. The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in in the event of a collision or the slide position but can be slid sudden stop. while in a tilt position.

437 Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened (if equipped) If you pull the sunroof glass control lever backward, the sunroof glass will slide all the way open. To stop the sunroof glass movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.

To close the sunroof glass pull (or push) the sunroof glass control lever downward (or forward). • Type A OPS043029 When you push the sunroof glass OPS043120 When the sunshade is closed control lever forward or pull it If the driver removes the ignition key If you pull the sunroof control lever downward, the sunshade will be (smart key: turns off the engine) backward, both the sunshade and closed halfway and glass will be when the sunroof is not fully closed, sunroof glass will slide all the way closed at the same time. And then the warning chime will sound for a open. To stop the sunroof movement sunshade will be fully closed final- few seconds and a message will at any point, pull or push the sunroof ly. appear on the LCD display or warn- control glass lever momentarily. • Type B ing indicator will illuminate. When you push the sunroof glass Close the sunroof securely when control lever forward or pull it leaving your vehicle. downward while the sunshade opened, the glass will be closed.

4 38 Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof To tilt down (or close) the sunroof - Push the sunroof glass control lever forward or pull it downward • Type A When you push the sunroof glass control lever forward or pull it downward while the sunshade opened, the sunshade will be closed halfway and then glass will be tilt down and then sunshade will be fully closed finally. • Type B OXM049029 OPS043030 When you push the sunroof glass If an object or part of the body is Before opening or closing the sun- control lever forward or pull it detected while the sunroof is closing roof, open the sunshade (refer to the downward while the sunshade automatically, it will reverse the direc- following page for instructions on opened, the glass will be tilt down. tion, and then stop. how to use the sunshade). The auto reverse function does not To tilt up the sunroof work if a tiny obstacle is between the - Push the sunroof glass control sliding glass and the sunroof sash. lever upward. You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from ❈ When you push the sunroof glass the sunroof before closing it. control lever upward while the sunshade closed, the sunshade will be opened halfway and then glass will be tilt up.

439 Features of your vehicle

Sunshade WARNING - Sunroof CAUTION • Be careful that no head, hands • Periodically remove any dirt and body parts are obstructed that may accumulate on the by a closing sunroof. guide rail. • Do not extend the face, neck, • If you try to open the sunroof arms or body outside the sun- when the temperature is roof while driving. below freezing or when the • Make sure your hands and sunroof is covered with snow head are safely out of the way or ice, the glass or the motor before closing a sunroof. could be damaged. • A panoramic sunroof is made • Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is of glass, therefore it may OPS043031 opened. break in an accident. If you do To open the sunshade not have your seat belt on, you may contact the broken Press the sunshade open button (1). glass and get injured or killed. To stop the sliding at any point, press For all passengers safety, the sunshade control switch momen- have the seat belts on. (ex. tarily. seat belt, CRS, etc.)

4 40 Features of your vehicle

To close the sunshade when the ✽ NOTICE Resetting the sunroof sunroof glass is closed Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- - Press the sunshade close button (2). material characteristic are normal. connected or discharged, you must ❈ When you press the sunshade reset your sunroof system as follows: close button(2) with the sunroof CAUTION glass opened 1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON • Do not pull or push the sun- position. • Type A shade by hand as such action The sunshade will be closed may damage the sunshade or 2.Close the sunshade and sunroof halfway. cause it to malfunction. completely if opened. • Type B • Close the sunroof when driv- 3.Release the sunroof control lever. The sunshade will be closed ing in dusty environments. 4.Push the sunroof control lever for- halfway, then sunroof glass will be Dust may cause a malfunction ward in the direction of close (about closed and then sunshade will be of the vehicle system. 10 seconds) until the sunroof moves fully closed finally. a little. Then, release the lever. - Push the sunroof control lever forward or pull it down. To stop the sliding at any point, press the sunshade control switch momentarily.

441 Features of your vehicle

5.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close, until the sunroof operates as follows again:

The sunshade and sunroof glass slide open → The sunroof glass slide close → The sunshade close

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof system has been reset.

✽ NOTICE If you do not reset the sunroof, it may not work properly.

4 42 Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE CAUTION The power steering uses a motor to The following symptoms may occur assist you in steering the vehicle. If • If the Electric Power Steering during normal vehicle operation: the engine is off or if the power steer- System does not operate nor- • The EPS warning light does not ing system becomes inoperative, the mally, the warning light will illuminate. vehicle may still be steered, but it will illuminate on the instrument • The steering gets heavy immedi- require increased steering effort. cluster. The steering wheel ately after turning the ignition may require increased steer- The motor driven power steering is switch on. This happens as the sys- ing effort. Take your vehicle to tem performs the EPS system controlled by a power steering con- an authorized Kia dealer and trol unit which senses the steering diagnostics. When the diagnostics have the vehicle checked as are completed, the steering wheel wheel torque and vehicle speed to soon as possible. command the motor. will return to its normal condition. • When you operate the steering • A click noise may be heard from The steering becomes heavier as wheel in low temperature, the EPS relay after the ignition the vehicle’s speed increases and noise may occur. If temperature switch is turned to the ON or becomes lighter as the vehicle’s rises, the noise will likely disap- LOCK (OFF) position. speed decreases for optimum steer- pear.This is a normal condition. • A motor noise may be heard when ing control. • When the vehicle is stationary, the vehicle is at a stop or at a low Should you notice any change in the when the steering wheel is driving speed. effort required to steer during normal turned all the way to the left or • If the Electric Power Steering vehicle operation, have the power right continuously, the steer- System does not operate normally, steering checked by an authorized ing wheel becomes harder to the warning light will illuminate on Kia dealer. turn. The power assist is limit- the instrument cluster. The steered to protect the motor from ing wheel may become difficult to overheating. control or operate abnormally. As time passes, the steering Take your vehicle to an authorized wheel return to its normal Kia dealer and have the vehicle condition. checked as soon as possible. (Continued)

443 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering • When you operate the steering Tilt and telescopic steering allows wheel in low temperature, abnor- you to adjust the steering wheel mal noise may occur. If tempera- before you drive.You can also raise it ture rises, the noise will likely dis- to give your legs more room when appear. This is a normal condition. you exit and enter the vehicle. • When the charging system warning light comes on due to the low voltage (When the alternator or The steering wheel should be posi- battery) does not operate normal- tioned so that it is comfortable for ly or it malfunctions), the steering you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning wheel may require increased OPS043032 steering effort. lights and gauges. To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock-release lever (1), WARNING adjust the steering wheel to the • Never adjust the angle of the desired angle (2) and height (3, if steering wheel while driving. equipped) then pull up the lock- You may lose steering control release lever to lock (4) the steering and cause severe personal wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the injury, death or accidents. steering wheel to the desired position before driving. • After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position.

4 44 Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel ✽ NOTICE Horn (if equipped) The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on.

CAUTION • Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel. This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system.

• When cleaning the heated OPS043034 OPS043033 steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint To sound the horn, press the horn With the ignition switch in the ON thinner, benzene, alcohol and symbols on your steering wheel. position, pressing the heated steer- gasoline. Doing so may dam- Check the horn regularly to be sure it ing wheel button warms the steering age the surface of the steering operates properly. wheel. The indicator on the button wheel. will illuminate. • If the surface of steering ✽ NOTICE To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. The wheel is damaged by sharp To sound the horn, press the area indicator on the button will turn off. object, damage to the heated indicated by the horn symbol on steering wheel components your steering wheel (see illustra- could occur. tion). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

445 Features of your vehicle

FLEX STEER CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OPS043209

OPS043036 When the steering mode button is pressed, the selected steering mode The FLEX STEER controls steering will appear on the instrument cluster. effort based upon as driver's prefer- ence or road condition. If the steering mode button is pressed within 4 seconds, the steering mode You can select the desired steering will change as shown above. mode by pressing the FLEX STEER button. If the steering wheel mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds, the LCD display will change to the previous screen (for Type B cluster).

4 46 Features of your vehicle

Normal mode Sport mode Comfort mode

OPS043129 OPS043130 OPS043131 The normal mode offers medium The steering wheel becomes heav- The steering wheel becomes lighter. steering effort. ier. The sport mode is usually used The comfort mode is usually used when driving on the highway. when driving in the city or when parking the vehicle.

447 Features of your vehicle

CAUTION • For your safety, if you press the steering mode button while operating the steering wheel, but the steering effort will not change immediately. After operating the steering wheel, the steering effort will change automatically to the selected mode. • Use caution when changing the steering mode while driving. • When the electronic power steering is not operating properly, the flex steering wheel will not work.

4 48 Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the WARNING (if equipped) center view through the rear window Do not adjust the rearview mir- is seen. Make this adjustment before ror while the vehicle is moving. you start driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident which could cause death, serious Night WARNING - Rear injury or property damage. visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would WARNING interfere with your vision Do not modify the inside mirror through the rear window. Day and don’t install a wide mirror. It could result in injury, during an OAM049023 accident or deployment of the Make this adjustment before you air bag. start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

449 Features of your vehicle

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) (if equipped) CAUTION - Cleaning The electric rearview mirror automat- mirror ically controls the glare from the When cleaning the mirror, use a headlights of the vehicles behind you paper towel or similar material in nighttime or low light driving condi- dampened with glass cleaner. tions. The sensor mounted in the mir- Do not spray glass cleaner ror senses the light level around the directly on the mirror. It may vehicle, and automatically controls cause the liquid cleaner to enter Indicator Sensor the headlight glare from the vehicles the mirror housing. behind you. When the engine is running, the OAM042349L glare is automatically controlled by To operate the electric rearview mirror: the sensor mounted in the rearview • The mirror defaults to the ON posi- mirror. tion whenever the ignition switch is Whenever the shift lever is shifted turned on. into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to matically go to the brightest setting in turn the automatic dimming func- order to improve the drivers view tion off. The mirror indicator light behind the vehicle. will turn off. Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate.

4 50 Features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror CAUTION Be sure to adjust the mirror angles WARNING before driving. Do not scrape ice off the mirror Do not adjust or fold the outside face; this may damage the sur- rearview mirrors while the vehi- Your vehicle is equipped with both face of the glass. If ice should cle is moving.This could result in left-hand and right-hand outside restrict the movement of the mir- loss of control, and an accident rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be ror, do not force the mirror for which could cause death, seri- adjusted remotely with the remote adjustment. To remove ice, use a ous injury or property damage. switch. The mirror heads can be fold- deicer spray, or a sponge or soft ed back to prevent damage during an cloth with very warm water. automatic vehicle wash or when passing through a narrow street. CAUTION WARNING - Rearview If the mirror is jammed with ice, mirrors do not adjust the mirror by force. • The right outside rearview Use an approved spray de-icer mirror is convex. Objects seen (not radiator antifreeze) to in the mirror are closer than release the frozen mechanism or they appear. move the vehicle to a warm • Use your interior rearview place and allow the ice to melt. mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes.

451 Features of your vehicle

Remote control Folding the outside rearview mirror CAUTION • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by OPS043035 hand. Doing so may damage OPS043037 the parts. Electric type Manual type The electric remote control mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror, switch allows you to adjust the position grasp the housing of the mirror and of the left and right outside rearview then fold it toward the rear of the mirrors. To adjust the position of either vehicle. mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC position. Move the switch (1) to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. After the adjustment, put the switch into the neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

4 52 Features of your vehicle

Center (AUTO, 3) : The mirror will fold or unfold auto- CAUTION - Electric type matically as follows: outside rearview mirror • Without smart key system The electric type outside - The mirror will fold or unfold when rearview mirror operates even the door is locked or unlocked by though the ignition switch is in the transmitter. the OFF position. However, to • With smart key system prevent unnecessary battery - The mirror will fold or unfold when discharge, do not adjust the the door is locked or unlocked by mirrors longer than necessary OPS043038 the smart key. while the engine is not running. Electric type - The mirror will fold or unfold when In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror, don’t fold it The outside rearview mirror can be the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door by hand. It could cause motor folded or unfolded by pressing the failure. switch as below. handle. Left (1) : The mirror will unfold. - The mirror will unfold when you approach the vehicle (all doors Right (2) : The mirror will fold. closed and locked) with a smart key in possession. (if equipped)

453 Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ Type A

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. LCD display 6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped) ■ Type B 7. Turn signal indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in this chapter.

OPS043100C/OPS043101C

4 54 Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control ■ Type A LCD Display Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster ■ Type A Illumination

OPS043117 ■ Type B OPS043202 ■ Type B

OPS043039 The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is changed by pressing the illumination control button ("+" or "-") when the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the OTF044112L tale lights are turned on. • If you hold the illumination control OPS043040 button ("+" or "-"), the brightness will be changed continuously. The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons • If the brightness reaches to the on the steering wheel. maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound.

455 Features of your vehicle

[For type A cluster] Gauges Tachometer

(1) TRIP :TRIP button for changing Speedometer ■ Type A trip modes ■ Type A (2) RESET : RESET button for resetting items

[For type B cluster] (1) : MODE button for changing modes or SELECT button for setting the selected item (2) : MOVE button for changing OPS043104N items or RESET button for OPS043102N ■ Type B resetting the selected item ■ Type B

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

OPS043106 OPS043103C The tachometer indicates the The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo- speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm). in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).

4 56 Features of your vehicle

Use the tachometer to select the cor- Engine Coolant Temperature rect shift points and to prevent lug- Gauge CAUTION ging and/or over-revving the engine. If the gauge pointer moves ■ Type A beyond the normal range area toward the “H” position, it indi- CAUTION cates overheating that may Do not operate the engine with- damage the engine. in the tachometer's RED ZONE. Do not continue driving with an This may cause severe engine overheated engine. If your vehi- damage. cle overheats, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” in chapter 6.

OPS043108 ■ Type B WARNING Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

OPS043109 This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is ON.

457 Features of your vehicle

Fuel Gauge ✽ NOTICE WARNING - Fuel Gauge ■ Type A • The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8. Running out of fuel can expose • The fuel gauge is supplemented by vehicle occupants to danger. a low fuel warning light, which You must stop and obtain addi- will illuminate when the fuel tank tional fuel as soon as possible is nearly empty. after the warning light comes • On inclines or curves, the fuel on or when the gauge indicator gauge pointer may fluctuate or the comes close to the “E (Empty)” low fuel warning light may come level. on earlier than usual due to the OPS043110 movement of fuel in the tank. ■ Type B CAUTION Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

✽ NOTICE

OPS043111 Fuel display may not be accurate if you are filling in sloping places. This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

4 58 Features of your vehicle

Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately ■ Type A ■ Type A like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive.

To change the temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) • Type A Cluster Press the RESET button on the steering wheel 5 times. On the fifth press, hold the RESET button down OPS043113C OPS043114C for 6 seconds until the display ■ Type B ■ Type B changes. • Type B Cluster The temperature unit can be changed by using the "User Settings" mode of the LCD display

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter. OPS043118C OPS043119C

The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out- tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). en and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C- be performed. (40°F ~ 140°F) - Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles or kilometers. 459 Features of your vehicle

Transaxle Shift Indicator •Park :P Manual Transaxle Shift Indicator Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator • Reverse : R (if equipped) ■ Type A • Neutral : N ■ Type A •Drive :D • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OPS043115 OPS043116 ■ Type B ■ Type B

OTF044125L OTF044402 This indicator displays which auto- This indicator informs which gear is matic transaxle shift lever is selected. desired while driving to save fuel. ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ • Shifting up : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 • Shifting down : ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5

4 60 Features of your vehicle

For example : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear). : Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear).

When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed.

461 Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED) LCD Modes (for type B cluster)

Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. Trip Computer For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

Tur n By Tur n This mode displays the state of the navigation. (if equipped)

A/V This mode displays the state of the A/V system. (if equipped)

Service This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and warning messages related to TPMS and so on. Master warning

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.

4 62 Features of your vehicle

Service Mode Service Interval

OTF044196L OTF044192L Service required Service in OFF

OPS043134C If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set, iced according to the already inputted “Service in OFF” message is dis- Service in service interval, “Service required” played on the LCD display. It calculates and displays when you message is displayed for several sec- need a scheduled maintenance onds each time you set the ignition ✽ NOTICE service (mileage or days). switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to If any of the following conditions If the remaining mileage or time the ON position (The mileage and time changes to "---"). occurs, the mileage and days may be reaches 1,500 km (900 mi.) or 30 incorrect. days, "Service in" message is dis- To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before: - The battery cable is disconnected. played for several seconds each time - The fuse switch is turned off. you set the ignition switch or Engine - Press the RESET button for - The battery is discharged. Start/Stop Button to the ON position. more than 1 second.

463 Features of your vehicle

Master Warning Mode User Settings Mode Door (if equipped) Description Auto Door Lock (if equipped) • Off: • This warning light informs the driv- The auto door lock operation will er the following situations be deactivated. - Service reminder (if equipped) • Speed (for manual transaxle) The Master Warning Light illumi- All doors will be automatically nates when more than one of the locked when the vehicle speed above warning situations occur. At exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph). this time, the LCD Modes Icon will • Shift Lever: change from ( ) to ( ). All doors will be automatically If the warning situation is solved, the locked if the automatic transaxle LCD Modes Icon will be changed back shift lever is shifted from the P to its previous icon ( ). OPS043132 (Park) position to the R (Reverse), On this mode, you can change set- N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

4 64 Features of your vehicle

Auto Door Unlock (if equipped) Horn Feedback (if equipped) Settings • Off: • Off: Language The auto door unlock operation will The Horn feedback operation will Choose the language you prefer be canceled. be deactivated. within the LCD. • Key Out or Power Off: • On: All doors will be automatically After locking the door by pressing Temperature Unit unlocked when the ignition key is the lock button on the transmitter, if Convert the temperature unit from °C removed from ignition switch or you press the lock button again to °F or from °F to °C. Engine Start/Stop Button is set to within 4 seconds, the warning the OFF position. sound will operate once to indicate • Shift Lever: that all doors are locked. Welcome Sound All doors will be automatically If this item is checked, the welcome unlocked if the automatic transaxle Lamp sound function will be activated. shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) One Touch Turn Lamp (if equipped) position. If this item is checked, the lane AVG Fuel Eco Reset change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 • Auto Reset: Two Press Unlock (if equipped) times when the turn signal lever is The average fuel economy will • Off: moved slightly. reset automatically when refueling. The two press unlock function will • Manual Reset: be deactivated. Therefore, all doors Head Lamp Delay (if equipped) The average fuel economy will not will unlock if the door is unlocked. If this item is checked, the headlamp reset automatically whenever refu- • On: delay and headlamp welcome func- eling. The driver’s door will unlock if the tion will be activated. For more details, refer to “Trip door is unlocked. When the door is Computer” in this chapter. unlocked again within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.

465 Features of your vehicle

Service Interval A/V Mode (if equipped) Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

OPS043133C OTF044129 OPS043208C On this mode, you can activate the This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the service interval function with mileage A/V system. navigation. (mi. or km) and period (months).

4 66 Features of your vehicle

Warning Messages Low Key Battery Press brake pedal to start engine Shift to "P" position (for smart key (for smart key system) (for smart key system and auto- system and automatic transaxle) matic transaxle)

OTF044142L OTF044148L OTF044152L • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if if the battery of the smart key is • This warning message illuminates you try to turn off the engine without discharged when the Engine if the Engine Start/Stop Button the shift lever in P (Park) position. Start/Stop Button changes to the changes to the ACC position twice • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop OFF position. by pressing the button repeatedly Button turns to the ACC position (If without depressing the brake pedal. you press the Engine Start/Stop • It means that you should depress Button once more, it will turn to the the brake pedal to start the engine. ON position).

467 Features of your vehicle

Press clutch pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Key not detected (for smart key system and manual (for smart key system) (for smart key system) transaxle)

OTF044138L OTF044140L OTF044190L • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if if the smart key is not in the vehicle if the smart key is not detected the Engine Start/Stop Button while the door is opened or closed when you press the Engine changes to the ACC position twice with the ignition switch in the ACC Start/Stop Button. by pressing the button repeatedly position or engine is running. without depressing the clutch pedal. • It means that you should always • It means that you should depress have the smart key with you. the clutch pedal to start the engine.

4 68 Features of your vehicle

Press start button again Press start button with smart key Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH" (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system and automatic transaxle)

OTF044144L OTF044146L OTF044157L • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop • This warning message illuminates Start/Stop Button when there is a Button while the warning message if the brake switch fuse is discon- problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating. nected. Button system. • At this time, the immobilizer indica- • It means that you should replace • It means that you could start the tor light blinks. the fuse with a new one. If that is engine by pressing the Engine not possible, you can start the Start/ Stop Button once more. engine by pressing the Engine • If the warning illuminates each Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in time you press the Engine the ACC position. Start/Stop Button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

469 Features of your vehicle

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine Door Open Tailgate Open (for smart key system and automatic transaxle)

OPS043121 OPS043122 • It means that any door is open. OTF044150L • It means that the tailgate is open. • This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.

✽ NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

4 70 Features of your vehicle

Sunroof Open (if equipped) Turn on "FUSE SWITCH" • The "FUSE" and "on" warning (if equipped) messages are displayed alternate- ly. (for Type A) ■ Type A • It means that you should turn the fuse switch on.

For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chapter 7.

OPS043120 • The warning message illuminates OPS044309L if you turn off the engine when the ■ Type B sunroof is open.

OPS043405L • This warning message illuminates if the fuse switch on the fuse box is OFF.

471 Features of your vehicle

TRIP COMPUTER Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) Overview Trip Modes (for Type A cluster) Description Tripmeter A The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information system that displays information related Tripmeter B to driving. Range ✽ NOTICE Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Fuel Economy* Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. OTF044159L Average Vehicle Speed* • This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if the washer fluid level in the reser- Elapsed Time* voir is nearly empty. * if equipped • It means that you should refill the washer fluid. To change the trip mode, press the TRIP button.

4 72 Features of your vehicle

Trip Modes (for Type B cluster) Trip A/B Tripmeter (1)

■ Type A • The tripmeter is the total driving dis- FUEL ECONOMY tance since the last tripmeter reset. • Range - Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi. • Average Fuel Economy or km • To reset the tripmeter, press the • Instant Fuel Economy RESET/ button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is displayed. TRIP A

• Tripmeter [A] OPS043125C Average Vehicle Speed (2) ■ Type B • Average Vehicle Speed [A] • The average vehicle speed is cal- culated by the total driving dis- • Elapsed Time [A] tance and driving time since the last average vehicle speed reset. - Speed range: 160 MPH or 200 TRIP B km/h • To reset the average vehicle speed, • Tripmeter [B] press the RESET/ button on the • Average Vehicle Speed [B] steering wheel for more than 1 sec- • Elapsed Time [B] OPS043127C ond when the average vehicle speed is displayed. To change the trip mode, press the MOVE button .

473 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Fuel Economy • If the estimated distance is below • The average vehicle speed is not dis- Range (1) 50 km (30 mi.), the trip computer will display “---” as distance to played if the driving distance is less ■ Type A than 50 meters (0.03 miles) or the empty. driving time is less than 10 seconds since the ignition switch or Engine ✽ NOTICE Start/Stop button is turned to ON. • If the vehicle is not on level ground • Even if the vehicle is not in motion, or the battery power has been the average vehicle speed keeps interrupted, the distance to empty going while the engine is running. function may not operate correctly. • The distance to empty may differ Elapsed Time (3) from the actual driving distance as • The elapsed time is the total driv- OPS043123C ■ it is an estimate of the available ing time since the last elapsed time Type B driving distance. reset. • The trip computer may not register - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59 additional fuel if less than 1.6 gal- • To reset the elapsed time, press lons (6 liters ) of fuel are added to the RESET/ button on the steer- the vehicle. ing wheel for more than 1 second • The fuel economy and distance to when the elapsed time is dis- empty may vary significantly based played. on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE OPS043128C Even if the vehicle is not in motion, • The range to empty is the estimat- the elapsed time keeps going while ed distance the vehicle can be the engine is running. driven with the remaining fuel. - Distance range : 30 ~ 1999 mi or 50 ~ 1999 km.

4 74 Features of your vehicle

Average Fuel Economy (2) Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (3) • The average fuel economy is calcu- To make the average fuel economy • This mode displays the instant fuel lated by the total driving distance be reset automatically whenever refu- economy during the last few sec- and fuel consumption since the last eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in onds when the vehicle speed is average fuel economy reset. User Setting menu of the LCD display more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH). - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 (Refer to “LCD Display”). - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 99.9 MPG or L/100km Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver- MPG or L/100km • The average fuel economy can be age fuel economy will be cleared to reset both manually and automati- zero (---) when the vehicle speed cally. exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters).

Manual reset ✽ To clear the average fuel economy NOTICE manually, press the RESET/ but- The average fuel economy is not dis- ton on the steering wheel for more played for more accurate calculation than 1 second when the average fuel if the vehicle does not drive more economy is displayed. than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50 meters) since the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is turned to ON.

475 Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON For more details, refer to the “Seat situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 76 Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). working, more than normal pedal - It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are seconds Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle. - It remains on if the parking brake brake system is still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion • When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working. • When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv- reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- - If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi- with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so. indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low.

477 Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic WARNING - Parking Brake (ABS) Warning Light Brake force & Brake Fluid Warning Light Distribution Driving the vehicle with a warn- This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System ing light ON is dangerous. If the Warning Light Parking Brake & Brake Fluid • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at Warning Light illuminates with the same time while driving: the parking brake released, it position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake indicates that the brake fluid system may not work normally. level is low. seconds and then goes off. In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle • When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer. tem will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). WARNING - Electronic In this case, have your vehicle Brake force Distribution inspected by an authorized Kia (EBD) System Warning Light dealer. When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

4 78 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator force Distribution Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL) (EBD) System Light (if equipped) Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. position. meter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is the steering effort may increase or started. started. decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system. ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer.

CAUTION - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy.

479 Features of your vehicle

Charging System If there is a malfunction with either CAUTION - Gasoline Warning Light the alternator or electrical charging Engine system: If the Malfunction Indicator This warning light illuminates: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- location and stop your vehicle. • Once you set the ignition switch or tial catalytic converter damage 2. Turn the engine off and check the is possible which could result in Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position. alternator drive belt for looseness loss of engine power. or breakage. In this case, have your vehicle - It remains on until the engine is started. If the belt is adjusted properly, inspected by an authorized Kia there may be a problem in the dealer as soon as possible. • When there is a malfunction with electrical charging system. either the alternator or electrical charging system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

4 80 Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Level Warning Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Oil Light Pressure Warning Light This warning light illuminates: • If the engine does not stop • Once you set the ignition switch or immediately after the Engine This warning light illuminates: Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Oil Pressure Warning Light is When the fuel tank is nearly empty. position. illuminated, severe damage - It remains on until the engine is could result. If the fuel tank is nearly empty: started. • If the warning light stays on Add fuel as soon as possible. • When the engine oil pressure is low. while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or If the engine oil pressure is low: CAUTION - Low Fuel malfunction. In this case, Level 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as location and stop your vehicle. Driving with the Low Fuel Level it is safe to do so. warning light on or with the fuel 2. Turn the engine off and check the 2. Turn off the engine and level below “0 or E” can cause engine oil level (For more details, check the oil level. If the oil the engine to misfire and dam- refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If level is low, fill the engine age the catalytic converter (if the level is low, add oil as required. oil to the proper level. equipped). If the warning light remains on 3. Start the engine again. If the after adding oil or if oil is not avail- warning light stays on after able, have your vehicle inspected the engine is started, turn by an authorized Kia dealer as the engine off immediately. soon as possible. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

481 Features of your vehicle

Door Ajar Warning Light Washer Fluid Warning Sunroof Open Warning Light (if equipped) Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: When a door is not closed securely. • When the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty. When the sunroof is not closed securely. Tailgate Open Warning In this case, you should refill the Light washer fluid.

This warning light illuminates: When the tailgate is not closed securely.

4 82 Features of your vehicle

Fuel cap open warning Indicator Lights This indicator light blinks: indicator (if equipped) Electronic Stability While the ESC is operating. Control (ESC) Indicator Light For more details, refer to “Electronic This warning light illuminates: Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. • When the fuel filler cap is not tight- This indicator light illuminates: en securely. • Once you set the ignition switch or Always make sure that the fuel Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON filler cap is tight. position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the ESC system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

483 Features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability ECOMINDER® indicator Immobilizer Indicator Control (ESC) OFF Active ECO system ECO Light (Without Smart Key) Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or When the Active ECO button is ® • When the vehicle detects the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON pressed the ECOMINDER indicator immobilizer in your key properly position. (green) will illuminate to show that while the ignition switch is ON. the Active ECO is operating. - It illuminates for approximately 3 - At this time, you can start the seconds and then goes off. For more detailed information, refer engine. to "Active ECO" in chapter 5. • When you deactivate the ESC sys- - The indicator light goes off after tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- starting the engine. ton. This indicator light blinks: For more details, refer to “Electronic • When there is a malfunction with Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 84 Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: Light (if equipped) • When the vehicle can not detect the smart key which is in the vehi- This indicator light illuminates for up cle while the Engine Start/Stop This indicator light blinks: to 30 seconds: Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light • When the vehicle detects the In this case, have your vehicle on. smart key in the vehicle properly inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. while the Engine Start/Stop Button If any of the following occurs, there is ACC or ON. may be a malfunction with the turn - At this time, you can start the This indicator light blinks: signal system. In this case, have your engine. • When the battery of the smart key vehicle inspected by an authorized - The indicator light goes off after is weak. Kia dealer. starting the engine. - At this time, you can not start the - The indicator light does not blink engine. However, you can start but illuminates. This indicator light blinks for a few the engine if you press the Engine - The indicator light blinks more seconds: Start/Stop Button with the smart rapidly. key. (For more details, refer to - The indicator light does not illumi- • When the smart key is not in the “Starting the Engine” in section 5). vehicle. nate at all. • When there is a malfunction with - At this time, you can not start the the immobilizer system. engine. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

485 Features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator Light Cruise Indicator Light Light (if equipped) CRUISE

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on and in • When the tail lights or headlights • When the cruise control system is the high beam position are on. enabled. • When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position. Front Fog Indicator For more details, refer to “Cruise Light (if equipped) Control System” in chapter 5.

This indicator light illuminates: • When the front fog lights are on.

4 86 Features of your vehicle

Cruise SET Indicator FLEX STEER indicator Light (if equipped) SET (if equipped)

SPORT NORMAL COMPORT This indicator light illuminates: • When the cruise control speed is set. This indicator light illuminates: For more details, refer to “Cruise • When you press the FLEX STEER Control System” in chapter 5. mode button. For more details, refer to "FLEX STEER" in chapter 4.

487 Features of your vehicle

REAR CAMERA DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED) This system is a supplemental system that helps the driver by display- WARNING - Relying on ing objects behind the vehicle when the Rear-Camera Display backing up. Never rely solely on the rear Always keep the camera lens clean. If camera display when backing. lens is covered with foreign matter, You must always use methods the camera may not operate normally. of viewing the area behind you including looking over both shoulders as well as continu- WARNING ously checking all three rear OPS043050 - Rear camera display view mirrors. Due to the difficul- The rear camera display is not a ty of ensuring that the area safety device. It only serves to behind you remains clear, assist the driver in identifying always back slowly and stop objects directly behind the mid- immediately if you even suspect dle of the vehicle. The camera that a person, and especially a does NOT cover the complete child, might be behind you. area behind the vehicle. While the camera's display is generally accurate, objects can be OPS043051 much closer than they appear in the display screen and can be The rear camera display will activate distorted in both size and pro- when the back-up light is ON with the portion. ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.

4 88 Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Headlamp escort (if equipped) Battery saver function Daytime running light If you turn the ignition switch to the • The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped) ACC or OFF position with the head- prevent the battery from being dis- Daytime Running Lights (DRL) may lights ON, the headlights remain on charged. The system automatically help make it easier for others to see for about 5 minutes. However, if the turns off the parking lights when the front of your vehicle during the driver’s door is opened and closed, the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver-side door (in day. DRL can be helpful in many dif- the headlights are turned off after 15 that order). ferent driving conditions, and it is seconds. especially helpful after dawn and • With this feature, the parking lights The headlights can be turned off by will turn off automatically if the driv- before sunset. pressing the lock button on the trans- er parks on the side of the road at The DRL system turns OFF when: mitter (or smart key) twice or turning night. 1. The front fog light or headlight (low the light switch to the OFF or Auto If necessary, to keep the lights on beam) switch is ON. position. However, if you turn the light when the ignition key is removed, 2. The engine is OFF. switch to the Auto position when it is perform the following: dark outside, the headlights will not 1) Open the driver-side door. 3. The parking brake is applied. be turned off immediately. 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column.

489 Features of your vehicle

Lighting control Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( )

OXM049110 OAM049041 OAM049042 The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- a Parking light position. ing light position (1st position), the light position (2nd position), the To operate the lights, turn the knob at tail, license and instrument panel head, tail, license and instrument the end of the control lever to one of lights will turn ON. panel lights will turn ON. the following positions: The ignition switch must be in the ON (1) OFF position position to turn on the headlights. (2) Parking light position (3) Headlight position (4) Auto light position (if equipped)

4 90 Features of your vehicle

Auto light position (if equipped) • Never place anything over sensor High beam operation (1) located on the instrument panel. This will ensure better auto- light system control. • Don’t clean the sensor using a window cleaner. The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation. • If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the Auto light system may not work properly.

OMD040095 OAM049044 When the light switch is in the AUTO To turn on the high beam headlights, light position, the taillights and head- push the lever away from you. Pull it lights will be turned ON or OFF auto- back for low beams. matically depending on the amount The high beam indicator will light of light outside the vehicle. when the headlight high beams are switched on. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.

491 Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change To signal a lane change, move the signals turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement. If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connec- OAM049043 tion in the circuit. To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the nor- OAM049045 mal (low beam) position when released. The headlight switch does The ignition switch must be on for the not need to be on to use this flashing turn signals to function. To turn on feature. the turn signals, move the lever up or down (A). The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate WARNING - High beams which turn signal is operating. They Do not use high beam when will self-cancel after a turn is com- there are other vehicles. Using pleted. If the indicator continues to high beam could obstruct the flash after a turn, manually return the other driver's vision. lever to the OFF position.

4 92 Features of your vehicle

One-touch lane change function Front fog light (if equipped) To activate an one-touch lane change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can choose one-touch lane change blinking function in "One touch turn lamp" of "User setting". Refer to "User setting" in chapter 4.

✽ NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally OAM049046N quick or slow, the bulb may be Fog lights are used to provide burned out or have a poor electrical improved visibility when visibility is connection in the circuit. poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch (1) is turned to the on position after the headlight is turned on. To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light switch (1) to the OFF position. When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor.

493 Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer Windshield wipers (if equipped)

OAM049101N Operates as follows when the igni- OAM049100N/OAM049048N tion switch is turned ON. A : Wiper speed control D : Rear wiper/washer control MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push · MIST – Single wipe · ON – Continuous wipe the lever upward and release · OFF – Off · INT – Intermittent wipe it with the lever in the OFF (if equipped) position. The wipers will oper- · INT – Intermittent wipe ate continuously if the lever is · LO – Low wiper speed · OFF – Off pushed upward and held. · HI – High wiper speed OFF : Wiper is not in operation E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) INT : Wiper operates intermittently at B :Intermittent wipe time adjust- the same wiping intervals. Use ment this mode in light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (1). C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

4 94 Features of your vehicle

LO : Normal wiper speed Windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in HI : Fast wiper speed the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side. If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, CAUTION - Washer or until the snow and/or ice is pump removed before using the windshield To prevent possible damage to wipers to ensure proper operation. the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.

OAM049102N WARNING - Obscured In the OFF position, pull the lever visibility gently toward you to spray washer Do not use the washer in freez- fluid on the windshield and to run the ing temperatures without first wipers 1-3 cycles. warming the windshield with Use this function when the wind- the defrosters; the washer solu- shield is dirty. tion could freeze on the wind- The spray and wiper operation will shield and obscure your vision. continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

495 Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and washer CAUTION - Wipers& switch (if equipped) windshields • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. OXM049125 • To prevent damage to the Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the wiper arms and other compo- OAM049103N nents, do not attempt to move rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray the wipers manually. The rear window wiper switch is and wiper operation will continue located at the end of the wiper and until you release the lever. washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. ON - Normal wiper operation INT - Intermittent wiper operation (if equipped) OFF - Wiper is not in operation

4 96 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for Interior lamp AUTO cut Map lamp extended periods when the engine is • When all entrances are closed, if ■ Type A not running. you lock the vehicle by using the It may cause battery discharge. transmitter or the smart key, all interior lamp will be off after a few WARNING - Interior light seconds. Do not use the interior lights • If you do not operate anything in when driving in the dark. The the vehicle after turning off the glare from the interior lights engine, the lights will turn off after may obstruct your view and 20 minutes. cause an accident. OPS043052 ■ Type B

OPS043053 Press the lens (1) or button (1) to turn the map lamp on or off

497 Features of your vehicle

• ROOM (2) : - The map lamp and room lamp will Room lamp go out immediately if the ignition - The map lamp and room lamp ■ Type A stays on at all times. switch is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked. - To turn off the ROOM mode, press the ROOM button (2) once - To turn off the DOOR mode, again (not pressed.) press the DOOR button (3) once again (not pressed).

• DOOR (3) : ✽ - The map lamp and room lamp NOTICE comes on when a door is opened. • When the lamp is turned on by pressing the lens (1), the lamp does The lamps go out after approxi- OPS043054 mately 30 seconds. not turn off even if the DOOR ■ Type B - The map lamp and room lamp mode or ROOM mode is not comes on for approximately 30 selected (not pressed). seconds when doors are unlocked • If the ROOM button and DOOR with a transmitter or smart key as button are pressed at the same long as the doors are not opened. time, the map lamp and room lamp will stay on at all times - The map lamp and room lamp will (ROOM mode will be selected). stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. OPS043072 - The map lamp and room lamp will Press the button to turn the light on stay on continuously if the door is or off. opened with the ignition switch in If the front map lamp turns on by the the ON position. front map lamp switch, the room lamp will turn on.

4 98 Features of your vehicle

Luggage room lamp Portable lamp usage ❈ If the portable lamp does not turn ■ (if equipped) on, it means the portable lamp Type A needs to be charged. Insert the lamp holder and then charge it again. The charge mode will be activated if the ignition switch (or engine start/stop button) is on position or engine is running.

OPS043055 ■ Type B

OPS043197 1. In-vehicle lamp, if necessary, after separation can be used as a portable. 2. Press push button (1). 3. Pull out the lamp holder. 4. Press the power switch (2). OPS043056 The luggage room lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened. The lamp comes on as long as the tailgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the tailgate securely after using the luggage room. 499 Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement CAUTION (Continued) 1. Remove the batteries when 7. Do not place the lamp or bat- not in use for a long time. teries near fire or heat. It can cause internal leakage of a 2. Use the specified battery. battery. 3. You can use the regular bat- 8. Do not apply electrical shock teries (Disposable batteries) with portable charging termi- but do not use the Non- nals of the lamp. rechargeable battery in charge mode. It may damage It can cause internal leakage the vehicle. of a battery or damage the portable lamp. 4. Do not place the lamp with 9. If the portable lamp does not water or moist places and liq- OTAM041101 uid compounds. These can turn on anymore after charged, replace the When replacement is necessary, use cause internal leakage of a the following procedure. battery. rechargeable batteries. 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and 5. When replacing the batteries, gently try open the battery cover. check the direction and insert. 2. Replace the batteries with new It will not be charged if installed rechargeable batteries (AAA size). reversely. When replacing the batteries, 6. Do not mix the rechargeable make sure the position of batteries. batteries. 3. Close the cover carefully. It may not be charged normally. (Continued)

4 100 Features of your vehicle

Glove box lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

OPS043057 The glove box lamp comes on when OAM042336 the glove box is opened. Pull the sunvisor downward and you To prevent unnecessary charging can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or system drain, close the glove box OFF by pushing the button. securely after using the glove box. • : To turn the lamp ON. • O : To turn the lamp OFF. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, turn off the lamp by pushing the O button after using the lamp.

4101 Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to CAUTION - Conductors remove frost, fog and thin ice from ■ To prevent damage to the con- Type A the rear window, while the engine is ductors bonded to the inside running. surface of the rear window, To activate the rear window never use sharp instruments or defroster, press the rear window window cleaners containing defroster button located in the center abrasives to clean the window. facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window If you want to defrost and defog the defroster button illuminates when the OPS043150 defroster is ON. front windshield, refer to “Windshield ■ Type B defrosting and defogging” in this sec- If there is heavy accumulation of tion. snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off. To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster but- OPS043153 ton again. ■ Type C

OPS043152

4 102 Features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

Front wiper deicer (if equipped) The front wiper deicer will operate at the same time you turn on the front windshield defroster. • To turn off the wiper deicer, press the front windshield defroster button again. • The front wiper deicer automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off.

4103 Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Fan speed control knob 3. Mode selection knob 5. Temperature control knob 2. Air intake control button 4. Rear window defroster button 6. Air conditioning button (if equipped)

OPS043154

4 104 Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on.

OPS043058

4105 Features of your vehicle

Mode selection Vent mode (B, D) Floor/Defrost mode (A, C, E, D) Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E) Defrost mode (A, D)

OPS043155 Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the The mode selection knob controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window the ventilation system. defrosters. Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor mode (C, E, A, D) board outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

4 106 Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

OPS043059 OPS043159

Instrument panel vents OPS043156 To operate the MAX A/C, turn the temperature knob to extreme left. Air The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows closed separately using the thumb- flow is directed toward the upper you to control the temperature of the body and face. wheel. air flow from the ventilation system. Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the In this mode, the air conditioning and air delivery from these vents using passenger compartment, turn the the recirculated air position will be the vent control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm air selected automatically. or left position for cooler air.

4107 Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position In addition, prolonged use of the air With the recirculated air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected, air position selected will result in exces- from the passenger com- sively dry air in the passenger compartment will be drawn partment. through the heating system and heated or WARNING - Recirculated cooled according to the function selected. air Continuous use of the climate control system in the recirculat- Outside (fresh) air position ed air position can cause With the outside (fresh) drowsiness or sleepiness, and OPS043160 air position selected, air loss of vehicle control. Set the The air intake control is used to enters the vehicle from air intake control to the outside select the outside (fresh) air position outside and is heated or (fresh) air position as much as or recirculated air position. cooled according to the possible while driving. To change the air intake control posi- function selected. tion, press the control button. Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING - Reduced the recirculated air position (without visibilty air conditioning selected) may cause Continued use of the climate fogging of the windshield and side control system in the recirculat- windows and the air within the pas- ed air position may allow senger compartment may become humidity to increase inside the stale. vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.

4 108 Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control To turn off the blowers Air conditioning (if equipped)

OPS043157 OPS043158 OPS043161 The ignition switch must be in the ON To turn off the blowers, turn the fan Press the A/C button to turn the air position for fan operation. speed control knob to the "0" posi- conditioning system on (indicator The fan speed knob allows you to tion. light will illuminate). Press the button control the fan speed of the air flow again to turn the air conditioning sys- from the ventilation system. To tem off. change the fan speed, turn the knob to the right for higher speed, or left for lower speed. To turn the fan speed control off, turn the knob to the “0” position.

4109 Features of your vehicle

System operation Operation Tips Air conditioning (if equipped) Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are from entering the vehicle through filled with R-134a refrigerant. 1. Set the mode to the position. the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Press the air con- 2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the ditioning button. outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to 2. Set the mode to the position. 3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air desired position. position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air posi- 4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the tion. desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and • Air for the heating/cooling system temperature control to maintain Heating is drawn in through the grilles just maximum comfort. 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care • When maximum cooling is desired, 2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not set the temperature control to the outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or extreme left position, set the mode other obstructions. 3. Set the temperature control to the control to the MAX A/C position, desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind- then set the fan speed control to shield, set the air intake control to the highest speed. 4. Set the fan speed control to the the fresh air position and fan speed desired speed. to the desired position, turn on the 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4 110 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning CAUTION - Excessive • If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water A/C direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the When using the air conditioning open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side system, monitor the engine to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- coolant closely while driving up escape. tem operation characteristic. hills or in heavy traffic when out- • To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys- side temperatures are high. Air the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position conditioning system operation days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how- may cause engine overheating the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this and potential engine damage. conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the Continue to use the blower fan vehicle to become stale. • During air conditioning system but turn the air conditioning sys- • During cooling operation, you may tem off if the engine coolant operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine occasionally notice a misty air flow temperature gauge indicates because of rapid cooling and engine overheating. speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal humid air intake. This is a normal system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic. • Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.

4111 Features of your vehicle

Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air (if equipped) • Replace the filter every 15,000 conditioner refrigerant and miles or once a year. compressor lubricant Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is severe conditions such as dusty or low, the performance of the air con- Recirculated rough roads, more frequent air ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also air conditioner filter inspections and has a negative impact on the air con- changes are required. ditioning system. • When the air flow rate suddenly Therefore, if abnormal operation is decreases, the system should be found, have the system inspected by checked at an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer. Blower dealer. Heater core Climate control Evaporator air filter core 1LDA5047 WARNING Because the refriger- The climate control air filter installed ant is at very high behind the glove box filters the dust or pressure, the air con- other pollutants that come into the ditioning system vehicle from the outside through the should only be serv- heating and air conditioning system. If iced by trained and certified dust or other pollutants accumulate in technicians. It is important that the filter over a period of time, the air the correct type and amount of flow from the air vents may decrease, oil and refrigerant is used, oth- resulting in moisture accumulation on erwise damage to the vehicle the inside of the windshield even and personal injury may occur. when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 112 Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Type A

1. Temperature control button / knob 2. Front windshield defroster button 3. Rear windshield defroster button 4. Climate control display 5. Air intake control button 6. Air conditioning button (if equipped) ■ Type B 7. Fan speed control button 8. AUTO (automatic control) button 9. OFF button 10. Mode selection button 11. Climate control information screen selection button

OPS043162/OPS043163

4113 Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Type A ✽ NOTICE ditioning • To turn the automatic operation ■ Type A off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button - Air intake control button - Fan speed control switch The selected function will be con- OPS043170 ■ Type B trolled manually while other functions operate automatically. OPS043164 • Regardless of the temperature set- ■ Type B ting, when using automatic operation, the air conditioning system can automatically turn on to decrease the humidity inside the vehicle, even if the temperature is set to warm.

OPS043171 2. Push the temperature control button to set the desired temperature. OPS043165 (Type A) 1. Push the AUTO button. It is indi- Turn the temperature control knob cated by AUTO on the display.The to set the desired temperature. modes, fan speeds, air intake and (Type B) air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by temperature setting.

4 114 Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection

tioning ■ Type A The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button (or turning any knob) except AUTO button while automatic operation, the functions OPS043071 not selected will be controlled auto- OPS043166 Never place anything over the sensor matically. ■ Type B located on the instrument panel to 1. Start the engine. ensure better control of the heating and cooling system. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to the OPS043167 desired speed. The mode selection button controls 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the direction of the air flow through the air conditioning system on. the ventilation system. Press the AUTO button in order to Refer to the illustration in the convert to full automatic control of “Manual climate control system”. the system.

4115 Features of your vehicle

The air flow outlet port is converted as follows: Vent mode (B, D) Floor mode (C, E, A, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each out- floor, with a small amount of the air let can be controlled to direct the air being directed to the windshield and discharged from the outlet. side window defroster.

Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E) Floor/Defrost mode (A, C, E, D) Air flow is discharged towards the Most of the air flow is directed to the face and floor. floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

4 116 Features of your vehicle

■ Type A Temperature control

■ Type A

OPS043168 ■ Type B OPS043059 OPS043170 Instrument panel vents ■ Type B The outlet port can be opened or closed separately using the thumb- wheel. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown.

OPS043169

Defrost mode (A, D) OPS043171 Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air • Type A directed to the side window defrosters. The temperature will increase to the maximum (HI) by pushing the button ().

4117 Features of your vehicle

The temperature will decrease to the Temperature scale conversion Air intake control minimum (Lo) by pushing the button If the battery has been discharged or ■ Type A (). disconnected, the temperature mode When pushing the button, the tem- display will reset to Centigrade. perature will increase or decrease by This is normal condition. You can 0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest switch the temperature scale as fol- temperature setting, the air condi- lows; tioning will operate continuously. While pressing the AUTO button, press the OFF button for 3 seconds • Type B or more. The temperature scale will The temperature will increase to the change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to OPS043172 maximum (HI) by turning the knob to ■ Type B the right extremely. Centigrade. The temperature will decrease to the The temperature unit (from °C to °F minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to or from °F to °C) can be changed by the left extremely. using the “User Settings” mode of the LCD display. When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously. OPS043173 This is used to select outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control position, push the control button.

4 118 Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position It should be noted that prolonged The indicator light on the WARNING - Recirculated operation of the heating in recirculat- button illuminates when air ed air position will cause fogging of the recirculated air posi- Continuous use of the climate the windshield and side windows and tion is selected. control system in the recirculat- the air within the passenger compartment will become stale. With the recirculated air ed air position can cause position selected, air from drowsiness or sleepiness, and passenger compartment loss of vehicle control. Set the will be drawn through the air intake control to the outside heating system and heat- (fresh) air position as much as ed or cooled according to possible while driving. the function selected. WARNING - Reduced Outside (fresh) air position visibility The indicator light on the button does not illuminate Continued climate control sys- when the outside (fresh) tem operation in the recirculat- air position is selected. ed air position may allow humidity to increase inside With the outside (fresh) vehicle which may fog the glass air position selected, air and obscure visibility. enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

119 4119 Features of your vehicle

In addition, prolonged use of the air Fan speed control To change the fan speed, press the conditioning with the recirculated air ■ button ( ) for higher speed, or push position selected, will result in exces- Type A the button ( ) for lower speed. To sively dry air in the passenger com- turn the fan speed control off, press partment. the OFF button and select outside (fresh) air position.

OPS043176 ■ Type B

OPS043177 The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the fan speed control button.

4 120 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning Blower OFF Climate information screen selection (if equipped) ■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type B

OPS043174 OPS043178 ■ Type B ■ Type B

OPS043180 Press the climate information screen selection button to view climate information in full screen mode.

OPS043175 OPS043179 Push the A/C button to turn the air Push the OFF button to turn off the conditioning system on (indicator blower. However you can still operate light will illuminate). the mode and air intake buttons as Push the button again to turn the air long as the ignition switch is in the conditioning system off. position ON.

4121 Features of your vehicle

4 122 Features of your vehicle

4123 Features of your vehicle

4 124 Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield heating right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed. tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set the difference between the temper- mode to the floor-defrost position. ature of the outside air and that • Before driving, clear all snow and of the windshield could cause ice from the windshield, rear win- the outer surface of the wind- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and shield to fog up, causing loss of all side windows. visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button • Clear all snow and ice from the to the position and fan hood and air inlet in the cowl grille speed control knob or button to to improve heater and defroster OPS043181 the lower speed. efficiency and to reduce the proba- bility of fogging up inside of the 1. Select any fan speed except “0” windshield. position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or mode. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

4125 Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control 3. Press the defrost button ( ). system 4. The air-conditioning will be turned To defog inside windshield on according to the detected ambi- ■ Type A ent temperature, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed will be selected automatically. If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button or knob manually. If the position is selected, with a OPS043182 low fan speed, a higher fan speed OPS043183 may be automatically selected. 1. Set the fan speed to the highest ■ Type B (extreme right) position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot position. 3. Select the position. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.

OPS043185 1. Set the fan speed to the desired position. 2. Select desired temperature.

4 126 Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield 4. The air-conditioning will be turned Defogging logic on according to the detected ■ Type A To reduce the possibility of fogging ambient temperature and outside up the inside of the windshield, the (fresh) air position will be selected air intake or air conditioning are con- automatically. trolled automatically according to If the position is selected, with a certain conditions such as or low fan speed, a higher fan speed position. To cancel or return to the may be automatically selected. defogging logic, do the following.

OPS043184 ■ Type B

OPS043186 1. Set fan speed to the highest position. 2. Set temperature to the Maximum (HI). 3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4127 Features of your vehicle

Manual climate control system If the battery has been discharged or Automatic climate control system disconnected, it will be reset to the ■ defog logic status. Type A

OPS043189 ■ Type B OPS043187 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position ( ). 3. Within 10 seconds after select the defrost positon, press the air intake control button ( ) at least 5 times within 3 seconds. OPS043188 The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON interval. It indicates that the defog- position. ging logic is canceled or returned to 2. Press the defrost button ( ). the programmed status.

4 128 Features of your vehicle

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED) 3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button ( ) at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it will be reset to the OPS043206 defog logic status. When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the clean air function turns on automatically. Also, the clean air function turns off automatically, when the ignition switch turns to the OFF position.

4129 Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items. ■ Type A • To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely. OPS043060 ■ Type B WARNING - Flammable OPS043062 materials To open the glove box, push the but- Do not store, propane cylinders ton and the glove box will automati- or other flammable/explosive cally open. Close the glove box after materials in the vehicle. These use. items may catch fire and/or Always keep the glove box closed explode if the vehicle is exposed while the vehicle is in operation. to hot temperatures for extended periods. OPS043061 These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or front passenger. To open the center console storage, pull up the lever. (Type B)

4 130 Features of your vehicle

Cool box (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE Sunglass holder Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh. ✽ NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.

OPS043064 OPS043065 You can keep beverage cans or other To open the sunglass holder, press items cool in the glove box. the cover and the holder will slowly 1. Turn on the air conditioning. open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. 2. Slide the open/close lever of the vent installed in the glove box to To close the sunglass holder, push it the open position. up. 3. When the cool box is not used, Do not place other items in the sun- slide the lever to the closed posi- glass holder. tion. If some items in the cool box block the vent, the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced.

4131 Features of your vehicle

Luggage box (if equipped) WARNING - Avoid distracted driving • Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is OPS043198 moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked You can place a first aid kit, a reflec- by an open sunglass holder. tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for • Do not put the glasses forcibly easy access. into a sunglass holder to prevent breakage or deformation of glasses. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.

4 132 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder Sunvisor

WARNING - Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of con- OPS043067 trol of the vehicle.

OVG049174 Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. OPS043066 To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward (3). (if equipped) To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (4). To use the vanity mirror lamp, switch it on. (if equipped) OPS043068 The ticket holder (5, if equipped) is Cups or small beverage cans may be provided for holding a tollgate ticket. placed in the cup holders.

4133 Features of your vehicle

Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under condi- CAUTION - Vanity ■ tions where the operation of the seat mirror lamp Type A warmer is not needed, keep the (if equipped) switches in the "OFF" position. If you use the vanity mirror • Each time you press the switch, lamp, turn off the lamp before the temperature setting of the seat return the sunvisor to its origi- will change as follows : nal position. It could result in

battery discharge and possible • Type A • Type B

→ OFF → OFF sunvisor damage. →→ →→→

HIGH ( ) HIGH ( ) OPS033012 WARNING ■ Type B For your safety, do not obstruct LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )* your vision when using the sunvisor. LOW ( ) • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on. • When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat OPS033013 warmer operating, the seat warmer The seat warmer is provided to warm will turn OFF. the front seats during cold weather. With the ignition switch in the ON ✽ NOTICE position, push either of the switches With the seat warmer switch in the to warm the driver's seat or the front ON position, the heating system in the passenger's seat. seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.

4 134 Features of your vehicle

Seat air ventilation (if equipped) CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer • When cleaning the seats, do burns not use an organic solvent Never allow passengers who such as paint thinner, ben- may not be able to take care of zene, alcohol and gasoline. themselves to be exposed to Doing so may damage the sur- the risk of seat heater burns. face of the heater or seats. These include: • To prevent overheating the 1.Infants, children, elderly or seat warmer, do not place any- disabled persons, or hospital thing on the seats that insu- outpatients lates against heat, such as 2.Persons with sensitive skin or blankets, cushions or seat those that burn easily covers while the seat warmer OPS033014 3.Fatigued individuals is in operation. The temperature setting of the seat • Do not place heavy or sharp 4.Intoxicated individuals changes according to the switch objects on seats equipped 5.Individuals taking medication position. with seat warmers. Damage to that can cause drowsiness or • If you want to cool your seat cush- the seat warming components sleepiness (sleeping pills, ion, press the switch (blue color). cold tablets, etc.) could occur. • Each time you press the button,

• Be careful not to spill liquid the airflow will change as follows: such as water or beverages on → OFF the seat. If you spill some liq- →→→ uid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the seat HIGH ( ) warmer, dry the seat completely. MIDDLE ( )

LOW ( )

4135 Features of your vehicle

• When pressing the switch for more Rear seat warmer (if equipped) • When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat air than 1.5 seconds with the seat ventilation operating, the seat air warmer operating, the seat warmer ventilation will turn OFF. will turn OFF. • The seat air ventilation defaults to • The seat warmer defaults to the the OFF position whenever the OFF position whenever the engine ignition switch is turned on. start/stop button (the ignition switch) is turned on. CAUTION - Seat damage • When cleaning the seats, do ✽ NOTICE not use an organic solvent With the seat warmer switch in the such as paint thinner, ben- ON position, the heating system in zene, alcohol and gasoline. OPS033031 the seat turns off or on automatically Doing so may damage the air The seat warmer is provided to warm depending on the seat temperature. ventilation seat. the rear outboard seats during cold • Do not place heavy or sharp weather. With the ignition switch in objects on the seat. Those the ON position, push either of the things may damage the air switches to warm rear seats. ventilation seat. During mild weather or under condi- • Be careful not to spill liquid tions where the operation of the seat such as water or beverages on warmer is not needed, keep the the seat. If you spill some liquid, switches in the "OFF" position. wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the air ventilation OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( ) seat, dry the seat completely. →

4 136 Features of your vehicle

Power outlet (if equipped) CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer ■ • When cleaning the seats, do burns Front (Type A) not use an organic solvent Never allow passengers who such as thinner, benzene, alco- may not be able to take care of hol and gasoline. Doing so may themselves to be exposed to damage the surface of the the risk of seat heater burns. heater or seats. These include: • To prevent overheating the seat 1.Infants, children, elderly or warmer, do not place anything disabled persons, or hospital on the seats that insulates outpatients against heat, such as blankets, 2.Persons with sensitive skin or OPS043069 cushions or seat covers while ■ Rear (if equipped) the seat warmer is in operation. those that burn easily • Do not place heavy or sharp 3.Fatigued individuals objects on seats equipped 4.Intoxicated individuals with seat warmers. Damage to 5.Individuals taking medication the seat warming components that can cause drowsiness or could occur. sleepiness (sleeping pills, • Be careful not to spill liquid cold tablets, etc.) such as water or beverages on the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. OPS043070 Before using the seat warmer, dry the seat completely. The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running.

4137 Features of your vehicle

• Use the power outlet only when the Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s) engine is running and remove the ■ ■ accessory plug after use. Using the Driver's side Passenger's side accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A(Driver’s side) or 15A(Passenger’s side) in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. ORP042186 OTFNCO2001 • Close the cover when not in use. To use the hanger, pull down the When using a floor mat on the floor • Some electronic devices can cause upper portion of hanger. carpet, make sure it attaches to the electronic interference when floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. plugged into a vehicle’s power out- CAUTION - Hanging This keeps the floor mat from sliding let. These devices may cause forward. excessive audio static and malfunc- clothing tions in other electronic systems or • Do not hang heavy clothes, devices used in your vehicle. since those may damage the WARNING - After market hook. floor mat WARNING - Electric • Be careful when opening and Do not install aftermarket floor shock closing the doors. Clothes, mats that are not capable of Do not put a finger or a foreign etc. may get caught between being securely attached to the element (pin, etc.) into a power the door gap. vehicle's floor mat anchors. outlet and do not touch with a Unsecured floor mats can inter- wet hand.You may get an electric fere with pedal operation. shock.

4 138 Features of your vehicle

The following must be observed Luggage net holder when installing ANY floormat to the (if equipped) WARNING - Luggage net vehicle. • Always keep your face and • Ensure that the floormats are body out of the luggage net securely attached to the vehicle's recoil path and avoid using floormat anchor(s) before driving the luggage net when the the vehicle. straps have visible signs of • Do not use ANY floormat that can- wear or damage. The luggage not be firmly attached to the vehi- net can snap and cause cle's floormat anchors. injuries. • Do not stack floormats on top of • All cargo should be evenly one another (e.g. all-weather rub- distributed, properly secured ber mat on top of a carpeted floor- and never piled higher than the seatback. mat). Only a single floormat should OPS043193 be installed in each position. To keep items from shifting in the IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was cargo area, you can use the holders manufactured with driver's side floor- located in the cargo area to attach mat anchors that are designed to the luggage net. securely hold the floormat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal If necessary, contact your authorized operation, Kia recommends that only Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net. the Kia floormat designed for use in To prevent damage to the goods or your vehicle be installed. the vehicle, care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.

4139 Features of your vehicle

Cargo area cover (if equipped) WARNING - Objects • Do not place objects on the cargo area cover. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking. • All cargo should be evenly distributed, properly secured OPS043200 and never piled higher than the seatback. OPS043199 To use the cargo area cover, insert the 4 edges into the slots. Use the cargo area cover to hide items stored in the cargo area. CAUTION - Luggage Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or malformed, do not apply excessive force to the cover or do not put the heavy loads on it.

4 140 Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES Mounting bracket for roof carrier (if equipped) WARNING Use a coin or flat blade driver when you remove the roof carrier cover. If you use your fingernail, it may injure your finger.

OED046091 2. Rotate the cover half way and insert the cover on the roof hole as OPS043207 the illustration. To install or remove a roof carrier, you can use the mounting bracket ✽ and cover on the roof. NOTICE When you install a roof carrier, do To prevent losing the roof carrier the following procedure. cover, install the cover on the roof before you install the roof carrier.

1. Insert a slim tool (coin or flat blade 3. After using the roof carrier, install driver) into the slot and slide the the cover back on the roof in the cover toward the arrow on the reverse order. cover.

4141 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo • The vehicle center of gravity will onto the roof in such a way that it be higher when items are could interfere with sunroof opera- loaded onto the roof. Avoid sud- tion. den starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss CAUTION of vehicle control or rollover • When carrying cargo on the resulting in an accident. roof, take the necessary pre- • Always drive slowly and turn cautions to make sure the corners carefully when carry- cargo does not damage the ing items on the roof. Severe roof of the vehicle. wind updrafts, caused by pass- • When carrying large objects ing vehicles or natural causes, on the roof, make sure they do can cause sudden upward not exceed the overall roof pressure on items loaded on length or width. the roof. This is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mat- tresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you. • To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof are securely fastened.

4 142 Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM If you install aftermarket HID head Antenna (if equipped) lamps, your vehicle’s audio and elec- CAUTION - Antenna tronic devices may malfunction. Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the OHM048154N upright position to ensure proper Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to reception. receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig- • When cargo is loaded on the roof nals. rack, do not place the cargo near This antenna is removable. To the antenna pole to ensure proper remove the roof antenna, turn it reception. counterclockwise. To install the roof antenna, turn it clockwise.

4143 Features of your vehicle

Audio remote control VOLUME (VOL+/ VOL-) (1) (if equipped) WARNING • Push the VOL + to increase volume. Driving while distracted can • Push the VOL - to decrease volume. result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident, severe personal injury and SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) death. The driver’s primary If the SEEK/PRESET button is responsibility is in the safe and pressed for 1 second or more, it will legal operation of a vehicle, and work as follows in each mode. use of any handheld devices, other equipment or vehicle systems which take the driver’s RADIO mode eyes, attention and focus away It will function as the AUTO SEEK from the safe operation of a select button. OPS043190 vehicle or that are not permissible by law should never be used The steering wheel audio remote CDP mode control button may be installed. during operation of the vehicle. It will function as the FF/REW button. Do not operate the audio remote control buttons simultaneously. CDC mode It will function as the DISC UP/DOWN button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed for less than 1 second, it will work as follows in each mode.

4 144 Features of your vehicle

RADIO mode Aux, USB and iPod® * port When using a portable audio device It will function as the PRESET STA- (if equipped) connected to the power outlet, noise TION select buttons. may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device. CDP mode It will function as the TRACK * iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. UP/DOWN button.

CDC mode It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN button.

MODE (3) OPS043194 Press the button to select Radio or If your vehicle has an aux and/or CD (compact disc). USB(universal serial bus) port or iPod® port, you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB Detailed information for audio control port to plug in an USB and also an buttons is described in the following iPod® port to plug in an iPod®. pages in this section.

4145 Features of your vehicle

Advanced lighting speaker 1. OFF : The light turns off. ✽ NOTICE (if equipped) 2. MUSIC : When the doors are opened, the The light blinks or changes shade lighting system will not operate. according to the sound of the audio. If the audio is not turned on, the light does not turn on. 3. MOOD : The light shade changes automatically at regular interval. 4. +/- : When the lights are on, push the OPS043195 illumination button to adjust the light intensity. If low lighting grade is selected, the intensity of light may be weak or may not illuminate according to the audio volume or selected condition. The lighting around the front speaker may not illuminate when the sound of the audio is low. OPS043196 Do not use the lights for extended The advanced lighting speaker that periods when engine is not running. lights around the front speaker is It may cause battery discharge. adjusted by turning the knob as follows.

4146 Features of your vehicle

How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception the distance from the radio station, FM reception closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.

¢¢¢ ¢¢¢ ¢¢¢

JBM002

JBM001 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad- AM and FM radio signals are broadcasts. This is because AM radio cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre- around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance,low ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they speakers. curve around obstructions resulting However, in some cases the signal in better signal coverage. coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear.

4 147 Features of your vehicle

FM radio station

JBM003 JBM004 JBM005 FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig- high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power- follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto from the station. Also, FM signals are stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs, easily affected by buildings, moun- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a tains, and obstructions. This can large obstructions between the stronger signal. lead to undesirable or unpleasant lis- transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio tening conditions which might lead turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever- you to believe a problem exists with fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion your radio. The following conditions the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by are normal and do not indicate radio effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from trouble: the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.

4 148 Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two- way radio WARNING WARNING When a cellular phone is used inside Do not use a cellular phone • Do not stare at the screen the vehicle, noise may be produced while driving. Stop at a safe while driving. Staring at the from the audio system. This does not location to use a cellular phone. screen for prolonged periods mean that something is wrong with of time could lead to traffic the audio equipment. In such a case, accidents. try to operate mobile devices as far • Do not disassemble, assem- from the audio equipment as possible, or modify the audio sys- ble. tem. Such acts could result in accidents, fire, or electric CAUTION shock. When using a communication • Using the phone while driving system such as a cellular phone may lead to a lack of attention or a radio set inside the vehicle, of traffic conditions and a separate external antenna increase the likelihood of must be fitted. When a cellular accidents. Use the phone phone or a radio set is used feature after parking the vehi- with an internal antenna alone, cle. it may interfere with the vehi- • Heed caution not to spill water cle's electrical system and or introduce foreign objects adversely affect safe operation into the device. Such acts of the vehicle. could lead to smoke, fire, or product malfunction. (Continued)

4149 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) CAUTION (Continued) • Please refrain from use if the • Using the audio system while • Turn on the car ignition before screen is blank or no sound driving could lead to acci- using the audio system Do not can be heard as these signs dents due to a lack of atten- operate the audio system for may indicate product mal- tion to external surroundings. long periods of time with the function. Continued use First park the vehicle before ignition turned off as such in such conditions could lead operating the device. operations may lead to battery to accidents(fires, electric discharge. • Adjust the volume to levels shock) or product malfunc- • Do not subject the device to tions. that allow the driver to hear sounds from outside of the severe shock or impact. Direct • Do not touch the antenna dur- vehicle. Driving in a state pressure onto the front side of ing thunder or lightening as where external sounds cannot the monitor may cause dam- such acts may lead to light- be heard may lead to acci- age to the LCD or touch ning induced electric shock. dents. screen. • Do not stop or park in park- • Pay attention to the volume • When cleaning the device, ing-restricted areas to operate setting when turning the make sure to turn off the the product. Such acts could device on. A sudden output of audio system and use a dry lead to traffic accidents. extreme volume upon turning and smooth cloth. Never use • Use the system with the vehi- the device on could lead to tough materials, chemical cle ignition turned on. hearing impairment. (Adjust cloths, or solvents (alcohol, Prolonged use with the igni- the volume to a suitable levels benzene, thinners, etc.) as tion turned off could result in before turning off the device.) such materials may damage battery discharge. the device panel or cause (Continued) color/quality deterioration (Continued)

4150 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. Spilling beverages may lead to system malfunction. • In case of product malfunction, please contact your place of purchase or After Service center. • Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference. • Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration.

4 151 Features of your vehicle

USING THE USB DEVICE (Continued) (Continued) • To use an external USB device, • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is • You may hear a strange noise make sure the device is not con- not recognizable. when connecting or disconnect- nected when starting up the • Depending on the condition of ing a USB device. vehicle. Connect the device after the external USB device, the • If you disconnect the external starting up. connected external USB device USB device during playback in • If you start the engine when the can be unrecognizable. USB mode, the external USB USB device is connected, it may • When the formatted byte/sector device can be damaged or may damage the USB device. (USB setting of External USB device is malfunction. Therefore, discon- flashdrives are very sensitive to not either 512BYTE or nect the external USB device electric shock.) 2048BYTE, then the device will when the audio is turned off or in another mode. (e.g, Radio) • If the engine is started up or not be recognized. turned off while the external USB • Use only a USB device format- • Depending on the type and device is connected, the external ted to FAT 12/16/32. capacity of the external USB USB device may not work. device or the type of the files • USB devices without USB I/F stored in the device, there is a • The System may not play unau- authentication may not be recog- difference in the time for recogni- thenticated MP3 or WMA files. nizable. tion the device. 1) It can only play MP3 files with • Make sure the USB connection • Do not use the USB device for the compression rate terminal does not come in con- purposes other than playing between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. tact with the human body or music files. 2) It can only play WMA music other objects. • Playing videos through the USB files with the compression • If you repeatedly connect or dis- is not supported. rate between 8Kbps ~ connect the USB device in a 320Kbps. short period of time, it may break • Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB • Take precautions for static elec- the device. I/F may lower performance or tricity when connecting or discon- (Continued) cause trouble. necting the external USB device. (Continued) (Continued)

4152 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) • If you use devices such as a • Some USB flash memory read- USB hub purchased separately, ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD, the vehicle’s audio system may etc.) or external-HDD type not recognize the USB device. In devices can be unrecognizable. that case, connect the USB • Music files protected by DRM device directly to the multimedia (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE- terminal of the vehicle. MENT) are not recognizable. • If the USB device is divided by • The data in the USB memory logical drives, only the music may be lost while using this files on the highest-priority drive audio. Always back up important are recognized by car audio. data on a personal storage • Devices such as MP3 Player/ device. Cellular phone/Digital camera • Please avoid using can be unrecognizable by stan- USB memory prod- dard USB I/F can be unrecogniz- ucts which can be able. used as key chains or • Charging through the USB may cellular phone acces- not be supported in some mobile sories as they could cause dam- devices. age to the USB jack. Please • USB HDD or USB types liable to make certain only to use plug connection failures due to vehi- type connector products. cle vibrations are not supported. (i-stick type) • Some non-standard USB devices (METAL COVER TYPE USB) can be unrecognizable. (Continued)

4 153 Features of your vehicle

USING iPod® DEVICE (Continued) (Continued) iPod® is a registered trademark of • Some iPod® devices, such as the • When connecting iPod® with the Apple Inc. iPhone®, can be connected iPod® Power Cable, insert the con- through the Bluetooth® Wireless nector to the multimedia socket iPhone® is a registered grademark of Apple inc. Technology interface. The device completely. If not inserted com- must have audio Bluetooth® pletely, communications between • Some iPod® models may not sup- Wireless Technology capability iPod® and audio may be interrupt- port communication protocol and (such as for stereo headphone ed. files may not properly play. ® Bluetooth Wireless Technology ). • When adjusting the sound effects Supported iPod® models: The device can play, but it will not of the iPod® and the audio system, - iPhone® 3GS/4 be controlled by the audio system. the sound effects of both devices - iPod® touch 1st~4th generation • To use iPod® features within the will overlap and might reduce or audio, use the cable provided upon distort the quality of the sound. - iPod® nano 1st~6th generation purchasing an iPod® device. • Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer - iPod® classic • Skipping or improper operation function of an iPod® when adjust- • The order of search or playback of may occur depending on the char- ing the audio system’s volume, and songs in the iPod® can be different acteristics of your iPod®/iPhone® turn off the equalizer of the audio from the order searched in the device. system when using the equalizer of audio system. ® • If your iPhone® is connected to an iPod . • If the iPod® is disabled due to its both the Bluetooth® Wireless • When not using iPod® with car own malfunction, reset the iPod®. Technology and USB, only support audio, detach the iPod® cable from (Reset: Refer to iPod® manual) iPod® mode because the sound iPod®. Otherwise, iPod® may • An iPod® may not operate normally may not be properly played in remain in accessory mode, and on low battery. Bluetooth® Audio Streaming. To may not work properly. (Continued) use Bluetooth® Audio Streaming, disconnect iPod® cable with iPhone®. (Continued)

4154 Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Before Using the Bluetooth® Precautions for Safe Driving Technology(if equipped) Wireless Technology Handsfree • Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature Bluetooth® Wireless Technology that enables drivers to practice The Bluetooth® word mark and logos What is Bluetooth® ? safe driving. Connecting the head are registered trademarks owned by • Bluetooth® refers to a short-distance unit with a Bluetooth® phone allows Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of wireless networking technology the user to conveniently make and such marks by Kia is under license. which uses a 2.4GHz ~ 2.48GHz receive calls and use contacts. Before using Bluetooth®, carefully A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is frequency to connect various read the contents of this user’s required to use Bluetooth® wireless devices within a certain distance. manual. technology. • Supported within PCs, external devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs, • Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to negligent driv- WARNING various electronic devices, and automotive environments, ing practices and result in acci- Driving while distracted can Bluetooth® allows data to be trans- dents. Refrain from excessive result in a loss of vehicle control mitted at high speeds without hav- operations while driving. that may lead to an accident, ing to use a connector cable. • Viewing the screen for prolonged severe personal injury, and • Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a periods of time is dangerous and death. The driver’s primary may lead to accidents. When driv- responsibility is in the safe and device which allows the user to conveniently make phone calls with ing, view the screen only for short legal operation of a vehicle, and periods of time. use of any handheld devices, Bluetooth® mobile phones through other equipment, or vehicle sys- the audio system. tems which take the driver’s • Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be eyes, attention and focus away supported in some mobile phones. from the safe operation of a vehi- To learn more about mobile device cle or which are not permissible compatibility, visit www.kia.com. by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

4 155 Features of your vehicle

When connecting a Bluetooth® • Park the vehicle when connecting Phone the head unit with the mobile phone. • Before connecting the head unit • Bluetooth® connection may with the mobile phone, check to become intermittently disconnect- see that the mobile phone sup- ed in some mobile phones. Follow ports Bluetooth® features. these steps to try again. • Even if the phone supports 1.Within the mobile phone, turn ® Bluetooth®, the phone will not be the Bluetooth function off/on found during device searches if the and try again. phone has been set to hidden state 2.Turn the mobile phone power or the Bluetooth® power is turned Off/On and try again. off. Disable the hidden state or turn 3.Reboot the audio system and try on the Bluetooth® power prior to again. searching/connecting with the 4.Delete all paired devices, pair Head unit. and try again. • If you do not want automatic con- • Handsfree call quality and volume nection with your Bluetooth® may differ depending on the model device, turn off the Bluetooth® fea- of your mobile phone. ture within your mobile phone. • The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobile phone.

4156 Features of your vehicle

Voice Recognition (Continued) - When driving on rugged and • When using the voice recognition uneven roads feature, only commands listed - During severe rain (heavy rains, within the user's manual are sup- windstorms) ported. • Phone related voice commands • Be aware that during the operation can be used only when a of the voice recognition system, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology pressing any key other than the device is connected. key terminate voice recogni- • When making calls by stating a tion mode. name, the corresponding contact • For superior voice recognition per- must be downloaded and stored formance, position the microphone within the audio system. used for voice recognition above • After downloading the Bluetooth® the head of the driver’s seat and Wireless Technology phone book, maintain a proper position when it takes some times to convert the saying commands. phone book data into voice infor- • Within the following situations, mation. During this time, voice voice recognition may not function recognition may not properly oper- properly due to external sound. ate. - When the windows and sunroof • Pronounce the voice commands are open naturally and clearly as if in a nor- - When the blower AC/heater is set mal conversation. to high - When entering and passing through tunnels (Continued)

4 157 Features of your vehicle

■ AUDIO : AM1A0B2AN, AM1A0B2KN

PS34001N

4158 Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM CONTROLLERS ❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up SETUP (4) CLOCK AND FUNCTIONS screen will be displayed when [Mode Pop up] is turned On . Briefly press the key (under 0.8 sec- When the pop up screen is dis- onds) : Moves to the Display, Sound, ❈ Display and settings may differ played, use the TUNE knob or Clock, Phone, System setting modes depending on the selected audio. keys 1 ~ 6 to select the Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec- desired mode. onds) : Move to the Time setting screen Audio Head Unit SEEK (2) MEDIA (5) TRACK Changes to USB(iPod®), AUX, My Radio Mode : Automatically search- Music, BT Audio mode. es for broadcast frequencies. Each time the key is pressed, the USB, iPod®, My Music modes mode is changed in order of - Briefly press the key (under 0.8 USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BT seconds): Moves to next or previ- Audio. ous song (file) ❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop - Press and hold the key (over 0.8 up screen will be displayed when seconds): Rewinds or fast-forwards [Mode Pop up] is turned On . the current song. When the pop up screen is dis- PS34001N played, use the TUNE knob or BT Audio mode : Moves to next or previous song(file) keys 1 ~ 5 to select the (1) RADIO desired mode. ❈ The Play/Pause feature may oper- Changes to FM/AM/SiriusXMTM mode. ate differently depending on the mobile phone. Each time the key is pressed, the (3) PHONE mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3. Operates Phone Screen ❈ When a phone is not connected, the connection screen is displayed.

4 159 Features of your vehicle

(6) PWR/VOL knob (9) SCAN Power : Turns power On/Off by Radio mode pressing the knob - Shortly press the key : Previews Volume : Sets volume by turning each broadcast for 5 seconds the knob left/right each. - Press and hold the key (over 0.8 (7) 1 ~ 6 (Preset) seconds): Previews the broadcasts Radio mode: Saves frequencies saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 (channels) or receives saved fre- seconds each. quencies (channels) ❈ Press the SCAN key again to PS34001N USB, iPod®, My Music mode continue listening to the current frequency. - 1 RPT : Repeat (8) DISP ❈ SAT Radio does not support the - 2 RDM : Random Each time the button is pressed, it Preset scan feature. In the Radio, Media, Setup, and sets the screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟ USB, My Music mode Menu pop up screen, the number Screen Off menu is selected. - Briefly press the key (under 0.8 ❈ Audio operation is maintained and seconds): Previews each song only the screen will be turned Off. (file) for 10 seconds each. In the screen Off state, press any ❈ Press the SCAN key again to key to turn the screen On again. continue listening to the current song (file).

(10) MENU Displays menus for the current mode. ❈ iPod List : Move to parent category

4160 Features of your vehicle

(11) BACK (13) TUNE knob Go to previous depth(no previous AM/FM mode : screen) - Changes frequency by turning the knob left/right. CAT (12) FOLDER SiriusXMTM Radio Mode: Radio mode - Changes the station by turning the - SiriusXMTM RADIO : Category knob left/right. Press knob to Search select station. - USB mode : Folder Search USB, iPod®, My Music mode: - Searches songs (files) by turning the knob left/right. ❈ When the desired song is displayed, press the knob to play the song. Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus.

4 161 Features of your vehicle

SETUP Mode Pop up [Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off selection mode Display Settings • During On state, press the RADIO or MEDIA key to display the mode Press the SETUP key Select [Display] change pop up screen. through TUNE knob or 1 key Select menu through TUNE knob Text Scroll [Text Scroll] Set On / Off • On : Maintains scroll • Off : Scrolls only one (1) time.

Media Display When playing an MP3 file, select the desired display info from ‘Folder/File’ or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.

4162 Features of your vehicle

SOUND SETTINGS Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Speed Dependent Volume Control ‘Bass, Middle, Treble’ and the Sound This feature will gradually increase Press the SETUP key Select [Sound] Fader and Balance. the volume as speed increases to through TUNE knob or 2 key offset outside noise. Select menu through TUNE knob Select [Sound Settings] Select menu through TUNE knob Tur n Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set TUNE knob left/right to set in 4 levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of • Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the TUNE knob sound tone. • Fader, Balance : Moves the sound fader and balance. • Default : Restores default settings. ❈ Back : While adjusting values, pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu. Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume. Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set volume of TUNE knob

4 163 Features of your vehicle

CLOCK SETTINGS Sound Settings ❈ Adjust the number currently in This menu is used to set the time. focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the SETUP Select [Clock Settings] Set through Press the CLOCK key Select [Clock] next setting. (Set in order of through TUNE knob or 3 key TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Year/Month/Day) Select menu through TUNE knob Time Format This function is used to set the 12/24 hour time format of the audio system. Select [Time Format] Set 12Hr / 24Hr through TUNE knob ❈ Adjust the number currently in focus to set the [hour] and press the tune knob to set the [minute]. Clock Display when Power is OFF Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off) Set Calendar Settings On / Off through TUNE knob This menu is used to set the date (MM/DD/YYYY). On : Displays time/date on screen Select [Calendar Settings] Set through Off : Turn off. TUNE knob Press TUNE knob

4 164 Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM SETTINGS Memory Information • Off : This mode is for expert users Displays currently used memory and and omits some information during total system memory. voice command operation. (When Press the SETUP key Select using Expert mode, guidance [System] Select menu through Select [Memory Information] OK instructions can be heard through TUNE knob The currently used memory is dis- the [Help] or [Menu] commands. played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side. Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language. Select [Language] Set through TUNE knob

Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes. ❈ The system will reboot after the Select [Prompt Feedback] Set language is changed. through TUNE knob ❈ Language support by region • On : This mode is for beginner - English, Francais, Espanol users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation.

4165 Features of your vehicle

RADIO : FM, AM OR SIRIUSTM Preset SEEK Selecting through manual Press the 1 ~ 6 key search • Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 Turn the TUNE knob left/right to seconds): Plays the frequency adjust the frequency. saved in the corresponding key. • FM : Changes by 200KHz • Pressing and holding the key (over • AM : Changes by 10KHz 0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding the desired key from 1 ~ 6 will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and SEEK sound a BEEP. SEEK Press the TRACK key • Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 SCAN seconds): Automatically searches for the next station. Press the SCAN key • Pressing and holding the key (over • Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 0.8 seconds): While holding the key, seconds): The broadcast frequency frequency changes without stop- increases and previews each ping. When the key is released, broadcast for 5 seconds each. After automatically searches for the next scanning all frequencies, returns frequency from that point. and plays the current broadcast frequency. • Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8 seconds): Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 seconds each.

4 166 Features of your vehicle

MENU Within MENU key are the A.Store (Auto Store) and Info functions.

A.Store Press the MENU key Set [A.Store] through TUNE knob or 1 key. Saves broadcasts with superior reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no frequencies are received, then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast.

4167 Features of your vehicle

SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels: • Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build- NOTE: SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio offers ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway over- All SiriusXMTM services require a 150+ channels with 100% commer- passes, parking garages, dense subscription, sold separately or cial-free music, plus sports, news, tree foliage and thunderstorms can as a package, after 3-month trial talk and entertainment, available interfere with your reception. included with vehicle purchase or nationwide in your vehicle. For more SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio service: lease. If you decide to continue TM information and a complete list of TM your SiriusXM service at the end SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio channels, SiriusXM Satellite Radio is a sub- of your trial subscription, the plan visit www.siriusxm.com in the United scription-based satellite radio service you choose will automatically States, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, that broadcasts music, sports, news renew and bill at then-current or call SiriusXMTM at 1-800-643-2112. and entertainment programming to rates until you call us at 1-866- radio receivers, which are available for 635-2349 to cancel. See our Satellite Radio reception factors: installation in motor vehicles or factory Customer Agreement for com- To receive the satellite signal, your installed, as well as for the home, plete terms at www.siriusxm.com. vehicle has been equipped with a portable and wireless devices, and Other fees and taxes apply. All satellite radio antenna located on the through an Internet connection on per- fees and programming are subject roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof sonal computer. to change. Sirius satellite service provides the best location for an Vehicles that are equipped with a fac- is available only to those at least unobstructed, open view of the sky, a tory installed SiriusXMTM Satellite 18 and older in the 48 contiguous requirement of a satellite radio sys- Radio system include: USA, D.C., and PR (with coverage tem. Like AM/FM, there are several • Hardware and an introductory trial limitations). Our Internet radio factors that can affect satellite radio subscription term, which begins on service is available throughout reception performance: the date of sale or lease of the vehicle. our satellite service area and in • Antenna obstructions: For optimal • For a small upgrade fee, access to AK and HI. Certain channels are reception performance, keep the SiriusXMTM music channels, and other not available on our Internet radio antenna clear of snow and ice build- select channels over the Internet service or on mobile devices. up and keep luggage and other using any computer connected to the © 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc. Sirius, material as far away from the anten- Internet (U.S. customers only). XM and all related marks and logos na as possible. For information on extended sub- are trademarks of SiriusXMTM scription terms, contact SiriusXMTM Radio Inc. All rights reserved at 1-866-635-2349. 4 168 Features of your vehicle

SiriusXMTM RADIO Please note that the vehicle will need SCAN to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and Press the SCAN key have an unobstructed view of the sky SiriusXMTM Using Satellite in order for the radio to receive the • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 Radio activation signal. seconds): Previews each broad- Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 cast for 10 seconds each month complimentary period of ❈ Press the SCAN key again to SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio so you SEEK continue listening to the current SEEK have access to over 220 channels of Press the TRACK key frequency music, information, and entertain- • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 ❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed, ment programming. seconds): select previous or next channels are changed within the channel. current category. • Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8 seconds): continuously move Category CAT to previous or next channel. Press the FOLDER key Set ❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed, through the TUNE knob channels are changed within the • The display will indicate the catego- current category. ry menus, highlight the category Activation that the current channel belongs to. In order to extend or reactivate your • In the Category List Mode, press subscription to SiriusXMTM Satellite CAT Radio, you will need to contact the FOLDER key to navigate cat- SiriusXMTM Customer Care at 1-800- egory list. 643-2112. Have your 12 digit SID • Press the tune knob to select the (Sirius Identification Number) / ESN lowest channel in the highlighted (Electronic Serial Number) ready. To category. retrieve the SID / ESN, turn on the ❈ If channel is selected by selecting radio, press the [RADIO] button, and category, then the “CATEGORY” tune to channel zero. icon is displayed at the top of the screen. 4169 Features of your vehicle

Preset Tune Press the RADIO key1 ~ 6 • Rotate TUNE knob : Changes • Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 the channel number or scrolls cat- seconds): Plays the frequency egory list. saved in the corresponding key. • Press TUNE knob : Selects the • Pressing and holding the key (over menu. 0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding the desired key from 1 ~ 6 Menu will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a Select category menu through the BEEP. TUNE knob Press the MENU key Select [ Info] through the TUNE ✽ Troubleshooting knob or 1 RPT key 1. Antenna Error If this message is displayed, the antenna or antenna cable is broken or Info (Information) unplugged. Please consult with your Displays the Artist/Song info of the Kia dealership. current song. 2. Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed, it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUSTM Satellite Radio signal is not available. Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky.

4 170 Features of your vehicle

BASIC METHOD OF USE : Repeat Random USB / iPod® / My Music While song (file) is playing 1 RPT While song (file) is playing 2 RDM (RPT) key (RDM) key USB, iPod®, My Music mode: RPT on My Music mode: RDM on screen Press the MEDIA key to change the screen mod mode in order of USB(iPod®) ➟ • Random (press the key) : Plays all AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio. • To repeat one song (press the key) songs in random order. : Repeats the current song. The folder/file name is displayed on USB mode: FLD.RDM on screen the screen. USB mode: FLD.RPT on screen • Folder Random (press the key) : • To repeat folder (pressing twice): Plays all files within the current repeats all files within the current folder in random order. folder. iPod® mode: ALL RDM on screen ❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn • All Random (press the key) : Plays off repeat. all files in random order. USB : ALL RDM on screen • All Random (pressing twice): Plays all files in random order. ❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn off random.

❈ The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected.

4171 Features of your vehicle

Changing Song/File Scan Folder Search : USB Mode CAT While song (file) is playing While song (file) is playing SCAN While file is playing FOLDER SEEK (Folder Up) key TRACK key key • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the • Shortly pressing the key : Scans all • Searches the next folder. CAT current song from the beginning. songs from the next song for 10 While file is playing FOLDER SEEK seconds each. (Folder Down) key ❈ If the TRACK key is pressed again within 2 second, the previ- ❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn • Searches the parent folder. ous song is played. off. ❈ If a folder is selected by pressing • Pressing and holding the key (over ❈ The SCAN function is not support- the TUNE knob, the first file 0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song. ed in iPod® mode. within the selected folder will be played. ❈ ® While song (file) is playing In iPod mode, moves to the SEEK Parent Folder. TRACK key • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the next song. Searching Songs (File) • Pressing and holding the key (over • Turning TUNE knob : Searches 0.8 seconds) : Fast forwards the for songs (files) song. • Pressing TUNE knob : Plays selected song (file).

4 172 Features of your vehicle

MENU : USB Folder Random Information Press the USB mode MENU key to Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM] Press the MENU key Set [ Info] 5 set the Repeat, Folder Random, through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM through the TUNE knob or Folder Repeat, All Random, key to randomly play songs within the key to display information of the cur- Information, and Copy features. rent song. current folder. ❈ ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off Press F.RDM again to turn off. info display.

Folder Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT] through the TUNE knob or 3 key to repeat songs within the current folder. ❈ Repeat Press F.RPT again to turn off. Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT All Random key to repeat the current song. Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM] ❈ Press RPT again to turn off. through the TUNE knob or 4 key to randomly play all songs within the USB. ❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.

4173 Features of your vehicle

Copy MENU : iPod® Information Press the MENU key Set [ In iPod® mode, press the MENU key to Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Copy] through the TUNE knob set the Repeat, Random, Information through the TUNE knob or 3 or 6 key. and Search features. key. This is used to copy the current song Displays information of the current into My Music. You can play the song. copied Music in My Music mode. ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off ❈ If another key is pressed while info display. copying is in progress, a pop up asking you whether to cancel Search copying is displayed. Press the MENU key Set [ Search] ❈ If another media is connected or through the TUNE knob or 4 ® Repeat inserted (USB, iPod , AUX) while key. copying is in progress, copying is Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] Displays iPod® category list. canceled. through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT ❈ ® ❈ Music will not be played while key to repeat the current song. Searching iPod category is MENU key pressed, move to par- copying is in progress. ❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off. ent category.

Random Press the MENU key Set [ RDM] through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key. Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order. ❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

4 174 Features of your vehicle

MENU : My Music Mode Information ➀ Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob. Press the MENU key Set [ Info] through the TUNE knob or 3 ➁ Press the MENU key and select In My Music mode, press the MENU key. the delete menu to delete the key to set the Repeat, Random, selected file. Information, Delete, Delete All, and Displays information of the current Delete Selection features. song. ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off Delete All info display. Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All] through the TUNE knob or 5 key. Delete Deletes all songs of My Music. Press the MENU key Set [ Delete] through the TUNE knob or 4 Delete Selection key. Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel] Deletes currently playing file Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] through the TUNE knob or 6 In the play screen, pressing delete through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT key. will delete the currently playing song. key. Songs within My Music are selected Repeats the currently playing song. Deletes file from list and deleted. ❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off. ➀ Select the songs you wish to delete from the list. Random Press the MENU key Set [ RDM] through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key. Plays all songs in random order. ❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.

4175 Features of your vehicle

➁ After selecting, press MENU key AUX and select the delete menu. AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal. AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connected with the AUX terminal. If an external device is connected, you can also press the MEDIA key to change to AUX mode. My Music • Even if memory is available, a maximum of 6,000 songs can be stored. • The same song can be copied up to 1,000 times. • Memory info can be checked in the ❈ AUX mode cannot be started System menu of Setup. unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal.

AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use.

4 176 Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The Bluetooth® word mark and logos • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology AUDIO (if equipped) are registered trademarks owned by audio can be used only when the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of [Audio Streaming] of Phone is such marks by Kia is under license. turned On . What is Bluetooth® Wireless Other trademarks and trade names ❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology? are those of their respective owners. Technology Audio Streaming : ® Bluetooth® Wireless Technology A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is Press the SETUP key Select allows devices to be connected in a required to use Bluetooth® Wireless [Phone] Select [Audio Streaming] short distance, including hands-free Technology through the TUNE knob Set devices, stereo headsets, wireless On / Off remote controllers, etc. For more information, visit the Bluetooth® WARNING Wireless Technology website at Driving while distracted can www.Bluetooth.com result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident, Before using Bluetooth® Wireless severe personal injury, and Technology audio features death. The driver’s primary ® responsibility is in the safe and • Bluetooth Wireless Technology legal operation of a vehicle, and audio may not be supported use of any handheld devices, depending on the compatibility of ® other equipment, or vehicle sys- your Bluetooth Wireless tems which take the driver’s Technology mobile phone. eyes, attention and focus away • In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless from the safe operation of a vehi- Technology audio, you must first cle or which are not permissible pair and connect the Bluetooth® by law should never be used dur- Wireless Technology mobile phone. ing operation of the vehicle.

4177 Features of your vehicle

Starting Bluetooth® Wireless Using the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Technology audio features • Press the MEDIA key to change • Play / Stop the mode in order of USB➟AUX Press the TUNE knob to play and ➟My Music➟BT Audio. pause the current song. • If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio will start playing. ❈ Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones.

❈ The title / artist info may not be supported in some mobile phone. When it is not supported, no title/no artist will be displayed. • Previous / Next song SEEK SEEK Press TRACK or TRACK to play previous or next song. ❈ The previous song / next song / play / pause functions may not be supported in some mobile phones.

4 178 Features of your vehicle

PHONE(IF EQUIPPED) Making a call using the USB, iPod, My Music Modes Steering-wheel mounted controls - Briefly press the key: Move to Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless next or previous song. Technology phone features - Press and hold the key: Rewinds • In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless or fast-forwards the current song. Technology phone, you must first (4) button : Activates voice recog- pair and connect the Bluetooth® nition. Wireless Technology mobile phone. (5) button : Places and transfers • If the mobile phone is not paired or calls. connected, it is not possible to enter Phone mode. Once a phone (6) button : Ends calls or cancels is paired or connected, the guid- functions. ance screen will be displayed. • If Priority is set upon vehicle igni- (1)MODE button : Mode changes tion (IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth® each time the button pressed. Wireless Technology phone will be (2) VOLUME button : Raises or low- automatically connected. Even if ers speaker volume. you are outside, the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone will be (3) / button : automatically connected once you RADIO mode are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If - Briefly press the key: Move to you do not want automatic next or previous preset channel. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone connection, set the - Press and hold the key: Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Automatically searches for power to OFF broadcast frequencies.

4179 Features of your vehicle

• Check call history and making call Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ➀ Briefly press (under 0.8 seconds) WARNING the key on the steering Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless Driving while distracted can remote controller. Technology Device(if result in a loss of vehicle control ➁ equipped) that may lead to an accident, The call history list will be dis- severe personal injury, and played on the screen. death. The driver’s primary ➂ Press the key again to con- What is Bluetooth® Wireless responsibility is in the safe and nect a call to the selected number. Technology Pairing? legal operation of a vehicle, and use of any handheld devices, Pairing refers to the process of syn- other equipment, or vehicle sys- ® • Redialing the most recently called chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless tems which take the driver’s number Technology phone or device with the eyes, attention and focus away ➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) car audio system for connection. from the safe operation of a vehi- the key on the steering Pairing is necessary to connect and cle or which are not permissible ® remote controller. use the Bluetooth Wireless by law should never be used dur- Technology feature. ➁ The most recently called number ing operation of the vehicle. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos is redialed. are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Kia is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

4 180 Features of your vehicle

Pairing PHONE Key / Key 2.Select [OK] button to enter the Pair [Non SSP supported device] on the Steering Remote Phone screen. (SSP: Secure Simple Pairing) Controller 4.After a few moments, a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered. Enter the passkey “0000” When No Devices have been to pair your Bluetooth® Wireless Paired Technology device with the car 1.Press the PHONE key or the audio system. key on the steering remote controller. The following screen is displayed. 1)Car Name : Name of device as [SSP supported device] shown when searching from your ® 4.After a few moments, a screen is Bluetooth Wireless Technology displayed 6 digits passkey. device Check the passkey on your 2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair Bluetooth® Wireless Technology the device device and confirm.

3.From your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device (i.e. Mobile Phone), search and select your car audio system.

5.Once pairing is complete, the following screen is displayed.

4181 Features of your vehicle

During the pairing process, make sure that all connection requests on the phone are accepted for phonebook download and to allow acceptance of all future connection requests. " and "Visit http://www.kia.com/us/#/bluetooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone, and to view a phone compatibility list.

• If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are currently connected, pressing the PHONE key or the key on the steering wheel displays the following screen. Select [Pair] button to pair a new device or select [Connect] to connect a previously paired device.

4 182 Features of your vehicle

Pairing through [PHONE] • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Only Bluetooth® Wireless Setup features supported within the vehi- Technology Handsfree and cle are as follows. Some features Bluetooth audio related features may not be supported depending are supported. Press the SETUP key Select on your Bluetooth® Wireless • Bluetooth related operations are [Phone] Select [Pair Phone] Technology device. possible only within devices that Select TUNE knob - Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree support Handsfree or audio fea- calls tures, such as a Bluetooth® - Operations during a call (Switch Wireless Technology mobile phone to Private, Switch to call waiting, or a Bluetooth audio device. MIC on/off) • If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless - Downloading Call History Technology device becomes disconnected due to being out of - Downloading Mobile Contacts communication range, turning the 1. The following steps are the same - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device OFF, or a Bluetooth® as those described in the section device auto connection Wireless Technology communica- "When No Devices have been - Bluetooth Audio Streaming tion error, corresponding ® Paired" on the previous page. • Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless Bluetooth Wireless Technology Technology devices can be paired devices are automatically to the Car Handsfree system. searched and reconnected. • Only one Bluetooth® device can be • If the system becomes unstable connected at a time. due to communication errors ® between the car Handsfree and the • Only one Bluetooth Wireless Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Technology device can be con- device, reset the device by turning nected at a time. off and back on again. Upon reset- • Other devices cannot be paired ting Bluetooth® Wireless while a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device, the system will Technology device is connected. be restored.

4183 Features of your vehicle

• After pairing is complete, a con- Connecting a Device From the paired phone list, select the tacts download request is sent device you want to connect and once to the mobile phone. Some select [Connect]. mobile phones may require confir- Press the SETUP key Select mation upon receiving a download [Phone] Select [Phone List] request, ensure your mobile phone accepts the connection. Refer to your phones user’s manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections.

1) Connected Phone : Device that is currently connected 2) Paired Phone : Device that is paired but not connected

4 184 Features of your vehicle

Changing Priority From the paired phone list, select • Priority icon will be displayed when the phone you want to switch to the the selected phone is set as a pri- highest priority, then select [Change ority phone. What is Priority? Priority] button from the Menu. The It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to Bluetooth® Wireless Technology the highest priority. devices with the car audio system. The "Change Priority" feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones.

Press the SETUP key Select [Phone] Select [Phone List]

4185 Features of your vehicle

Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device • When deleting the currently connected device, the device will automatically be disconnected to pro- Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select ceed with the deleting process. [Phone] Select [Phone List] [Phone] Select [Phone List] • If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device is deleted, the device’s call history and contacts data will also be deleted. • To re-use a deleted device, you must pair the device again.

From the paired phone list, select the From the paired phone list, select the currently connected device and device you want to delete and select select [Disconnect] button. [Delete] button.

4 186 Features of your vehicle

® • If you select the [Call History] but- Answering Calls USING Bluetooth Wireless ton but there is no call history data, Technology(if equipped) a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data. Answering a Call Phone Menu Screen • If you select the [Contacts] button Answering a call with a Bluetooth® but there is no contacts data Wireless Technology device connect- stored, a prompt is displayed which ed will display the following screen. Phone Menus asks to download contacts data. To accept the call, press key on With a Bluetooth® Wireless • This feature may not be supported the steering wheel while the call is Technology device connected, press in some mobile phones. For more incoming. the PHONE key to display the Phone information on download support, menu screen. refer to your mobile phone user’s manual.

1) Caller : Displays the other caller's name when the incoming caller is 1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently saved within your contacts used contacts saved for easy 2) Incoming Number : Displays the access. incoming number 2) Call History : Displays the call history list screen 3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts list screen 4) Setup : Displays Phone related settings.

4187 Features of your vehicle

• When an incoming call pop-up is Favorites Call History displayed, most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled. Only the call volume will operate. Press the PHONE key Select Press the PHONE key Select [Call • The telephone number may not be [Favorites] History] properly displayed in some mobile phones. • When a call is answered with the mobile phone, the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode. 1) Saved favorite contact : Connects A list of incoming, outgoing and call upon selection missed calls is displayed. 2) To add favorite : Downloaded con- • Call history may not be saved in the tacts be saved as favorite. call history list in some mobile phones. • To save Favorite, contacts should • Calls received with hidden caller ID be downloaded. will not be saved in the call history list. • Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically updated if the • Calling through the call history is not contact has been updated in the possible when there is no call histo- phone. To update Favorites, delete ry stored or a Bluetooth® Wireless the Favorite and create a new Technology phone is not connected. Favorite. • Up to 20 received, dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History. • Time of received/dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History. 4 188 Features of your vehicle

Contacts • Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your • It is not possible to begin down- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology loading a contact list when the con- phone can be downloaded into the tact download feature has been Press the PHONE key Select car contacts. Contacts that have turned off within the Bluetooth® [Contacts] been downloaded to the car cannot Wireless Technology device. In be edited or deleted on the phone. addition, some devices may • Mobile phone contacts are man- require device authorization upon aged separately for each paired attempting to download contacts. If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology downloading does not normally device (max 5 devices x 1,000 con- occur, check the Bluetooth® tacts each). Previously down- Wireless Technology device set- loaded data is maintained even if tings or the screen state. the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The contacts download feature The list of saved phone book entries device has been disconnected. may not be supported in some is displayed. (However, the contacts and call his- mobile phones. For more informa- tory saved to the phone will be delet- tion of supported Bluetooth® ed if a paired phone is deleted.) devices and function support, refer NOTE: • It is possible to download contacts to your phone’s user manual. Find a contact in an alphabetical during Bluetooth streaming audio. order, press the MENU key. • When downloading contacts, the icon will be displayed within the status bar.

4189 Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Pairing a New Device Viewing Paired Phone List Technology Setting Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select [Phone] Select [Pair Phone] [Phone] Select [Phone List]

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Kia is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio WARNING system. Driving while distracted can For more information, refer to the “Pairing through Phone Setup” sec- result in a loss of vehicle control ® that may lead to an accident, tion within Bluetooth Wireless severe personal injury, and Technology. This feature is used to view mobile death. The driver’s primary phones that have been paired with responsibility is in the safe and the audio system. Upon selecting a legal operation of a vehicle, and paired phone, the setup menu is dis- use of any handheld devices, played. other equipment, or vehicle sys- For more information, refer to the tems which take the driver’s “Setting Bluetooth® Wireless eyes, attention and focus away Technology Connection” section within from the safe operation of a vehi- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. cle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

4 190 Features of your vehicle

1) Connect/Disconnect Phone : Downloading Contacts Auto Download (Contacts) Connect/ disconnects currently Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select selected phone [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Auto Download] 2) Change Priority : Sets currently selected phone to highest connection priority 3) Delete : Deletes the currently selected phone 4) Return : Moves to the previous screen As the contacts are downloaded This feature is used to automatically • To learn more about whether your from the mobile phone, a download download mobile contacts entries mobile phone supports contacts progress bar is displayed. once a Bluetooth® Wireless downloads, refer to your mobile Technology phone is connected. phone user’s manual. • Upon downloading phone con- • The contacts for only the connect- tacts, the previous corresponding ✽ NOTICE ed phone can be downloaded data is deleted. • The Auto Download feature will • This feature may not be supported download mobile contacts entries in some mobile phones. every time the phone is connected. • Voice Recognition may not operate The download time may differ while contacts are being down- depending on the number of saved loaded. contacts entries and the communication state. • Before downloading contacts, first check to see that your mobile phone supports the contacts download feature.

4191 Features of your vehicle

Audio Streaming Outgoing Volume Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select [Phone] Select [Audio Streaming] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume] [Phone] Select [Bluetooth System Off] Once Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is turned off, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system.

When Audio Streaming is turned on, Use TUNE knob to adjust the out- you can play music files saved in going volume level. your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device through the audio system. • While on a call, the volume can be SEEK changed by using the TRACK key.

• To turn Bluetooth® Wireless Technology back on, go to SETUP [Phone] and select “Yes”.

4 192 Features of your vehicle

VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then Skipping Prompt Messages the system will say “Please say a While prompt message is being stat- Using Voice Recognition command after the beep (BEEP)” ed Shortly press the key on the • If prompt feedback is in [OFF] steering remote controller mode, then the system will only The prompt message is immediately Starting Voice Recognition say “(BEEP)” ended and the beep tone will sound. Shortly press the key on the • To change Prompt Feedback After the “beep”, say the voice com- steering wheel. Say a command [On]/[Off], go to SETUP [System] mand. [Prompt Feedback] • For proper recognition, say the Re-starting Voice Recognition command after the voice instruction and beep tone. While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The command wait state is immediately ended and the beep ton will sound. After the “beep”, say the voice command.

4193 Features of your vehicle

ENDING VOICE Voice Recognition and Phone • Do not use acronyms (i.e., use RECOGNITION Contact Tips: “County Finance Department” instead of “CFD”). The Kia Voice Recognition System While Voice Recognition is operating may have difficulty understanding • If a name is not recognized from Press and hold the key on the some accents or uncommon the contact list, change it to a more descriptive name (e.g., use steering remote controller names. When using Voice “Grandpa Joseph” instead of “Pa Recognition to place a call, speak in Joe”). • While using voice command, a moderate tone, with clear pronun- pressing any steering wheel con- ciation trol or a different key will end voice To maximize the use of Voice command. Recognition, consider these guide- • When the system is waiting for a lines when storing contacts: voice command, say “cancel” or • Do not store single-name entries “end” to end voice command. (e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, etc.). Instead, • When the system is waiting for a always use full names (including voice command, press and hold first and last names) for these con- the key on the steering wheel tacts to end voice command. • Do not use special characters (e.g., '@', '-', '*', '&', etc.) • Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use "Lieutenant" instead of "Lt.") or acronyms (i.e., use "County Finance Department" instead of "C. F. D."; Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the contacts list

4 194 Features of your vehicle

Illustration on using voice commands More Help Here are some examples of mode commands. • Starting voice command. You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'. Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My Music', or 'iPod'. Please say a command after Additionally, there are phone commands like the beep (BEEP) Beep~ "Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number". You can find more detailed commands in the user's More Help manual. Edit IQS 2nd Please say a command after the beep. More Help Here are some examples of mode commands. You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'. • End voice command. You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): Music', or 'iPod'. (BEEP) Additionally, there are phone commands like "Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number". Contacts You can find more detailed commands in the user's manual. Please say a command after the beep. Contacts. Please say the name of the contact you want to call. • Skipping Prompt Messages Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): Cancel Please say a... while guidance message is being stated

Briefly pressing the (BEEP) Beep Beep.. (end beep) key (under 0.8 seconds) More Help

4195 Features of your vehicle

Voice Command List • Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be available during certain operations) Command Function Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be • When listening to the radio, displays the next used anywhere in the system. radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟ ➟ ➟ Help Provides guidance on commands that can be SAT2 SAT3 FM1) used within the current mode. Radio • When listening to a different mode, displays Call Calls saved in Contacts the most recently played radio screen. Ex) Call “John Smith” • When currently listening to the FM radio, Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- maintains the current state. mands. After saying this command, say • When listening to a different mode, displays “Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial the most recently played FM screen. Number” execute corresponding functions. FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen. Favorites Display the Favorite screen. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen. Call History Displays the Call History screen. AM Displays the AM screen. Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast this command, say the name of a contact saved in FM Preset 1~6. saved in the Contacts to automatically connect the call. AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6. Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After saying FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding this command, you can say the number that frequency. you want to call. AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Redial Connects the most recently called number. frequency. TM TM Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice SiriusXM • When currently listening to the SiriusXM , (Satellite) recognition and Bluetooth® connections maintains the current state. • When listening to a different mode, displays the most recently played SiriusXMTM screen.

4 196 Features of your vehicle

Command Function Command Function SiriusXMTM(Satellite) Displays the selected SiriusXMTM screen. My Music Plays the music saved in My Music. 1~3 AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device. SiriusXMTM Channel Plays the selected SiriusXMTM channel. Bluetooth® Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth® 0~223 device. Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment. screen. Mute Mutes the sound. USB Plays USB music. Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command. iPod® Plays iPod® music.

4197 Features of your vehicle

• FM/AM radio commands: Commands available during • Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be FM, AM radio operation. used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command Function Command Function Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Channel 0~223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel. Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6. present and plays for 10 seconds each. Information Displays the information of the current broad- Information Displays the information of the current broadcast. cast.(This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts.)

4 198 Features of your vehicle

• USB commands: Commands available during USB •iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod® operation. operation.

Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Randomly plays the songs within the current folder. category. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen- order. tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file. Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen- order. tial order. Information Displays the information screen of the current file. Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder. Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder.

4199 Features of your vehicle

• My Music Commands: Commands available during • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands: My Music operation. Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone operation Command Operation. Command Function Random Randomly plays all saved files. Command Function Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Play Plays the currently paused song. order. Pause Pauses the current song. Repeat Repeats the current file. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an additional confirmation process.

4 200 Features of your vehicle

SiriusXM™ service requires a subscription, sold separately, after 3-month trial included with vehicle purchase. If you decide to continue your SiriusXM™ service at the end of your trial subscription, the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then-current rates until you call us at 1-866-635-2349 to cancel. See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www.siriusxm.com. Other fees and taxes apply. All fees and programming are subject to change. Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA, D.C., and PR (with coverage limitations). Our Internet radio service is available throughout our satellite service area and in AK and HI. Certain channels are not available on our Internet radio service or on mobile devices. SiriusXM Traffic available in select markets. See siriusxm.com/traffic for more information. © 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc. Sirius, XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. iPod® mobile digital device sold separately.The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Kia is under license. A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth® wireless technology. All rights reserved.

4201 Driving your vehicle

Before driving ...... 5-4 • Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-37 • Before entering vehicle ...... 5-4 • Good braking practices...... 5-38 • Necessary inspections ...... 5-4 Cruise control system...... 5-40 • Before starting ...... 5-5 • Cruise control switch ...... 5-41 Key positions...... 5-7 • To set cruise control speed ...... 5-41 • Illuminated ignition switch ...... 5-7 • To increase cruise control set speed...... 5-42 • Ignition switch position...... 5-7 • To decrease the cruising speed...... 5-42 • Starting the engine ...... 5-9 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise Engine start/stop button ...... 5-10 control on ...... 5-43 • Illuminated engine start/stop button ...... 5-10 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-43 • Engine start/stop button position...... 5-10 • To resume cruising speed at more than • Starting the engine with a smart key ...... 5-13 approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) ...... 5-44 Manual transaxle ...... 5-15 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . . 5-44 • Manual transaxle operation ...... 5-15 Active ECO system...... 5-45 5 • Good driving practices ...... 5-17 • Active ECO operation...... 5-45 Automatic transaxle ...... 5-19 • When Active ECO is activated...... 5-45 • Automatic transaxle operation...... 5-19 • Limitation of Active ECO operation ...... 5-45 • Good driving practices ...... 5-24 ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system ...... 5-46 Brake system...... 5-26 • Auto stop ...... 5-46 • Power brakes ...... 5-26 • Auto start ...... 5-47 • Parking brake - Hand type...... 5-28 • Condition of ISG system operation ...... 5-48 • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-30 • ISG system deactivation ...... 5-49 • Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-32 • ISG system malfunction ...... 5-50 • Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-36 Economical operation ...... 5-51 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-62 Special driving conditions ...... 5-53 • Tire and loading information label ...... 5-62 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-53 • Certification label ...... 5-66 • Reducing the risk of a rollover ...... 5-53 Vehicle weight glossary ...... 5-68 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-54 • Base curb weight ...... 5-68 • Smooth cornering ...... 5-55 • Vehicle curb weight ...... 5-68 • Driving at night ...... 5-56 • Cargo weight ...... 5-68 • Driving in the rain...... 5-56 • GAW (Gross axle weight) ...... 5-68 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-57 • GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)...... 5-68 • Driving off-road ...... 5-57 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ...... 5-68 • Highway driving ...... 5-57 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ...... 5-68 Winter driving ...... 5-59 • Snowy or icy conditions ...... 5-59 5 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ...... 5-60 • Check battery and cables ...... 5-60 • Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 5-60 • Check spark plugs and ignition system...... 5-60 • To keep locks from freezing ...... 5-60 • Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system ...... 5-60 • Don’t let your parking brake freeze ...... 5-61 • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 5-61 • Carry emergency equipment ...... 5-61 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS! Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. • Do not inhale exhaust fumes. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation. • Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer. • Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out. • Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior. If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary: 1. Close all windows. 2. Open side vents. 3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

53 Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections • Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, WARNING mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and Driving while distracted can clean. washer fluid should be checked on a result in a loss of vehicle control, that may lead to an acci- • Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further dent, severe personal injury, • Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 7, and death. The driver’s primary sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. responsibility is in the safe and • Be sure there are no obstacles legal operation of a vehicle, and behind you if you intend to back up. use of any handheld devices, other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s eyes, attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

45 Driving your vehicle

Before starting • Close and lock all doors. • Position the seat so that all con- WARNING WARNING - Driving trols are easily reached. All passengers must be proper- under the influence of • Adjust the inside and outside ly belted whenever the vehicle alcohol or drugs rearview mirrors. is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” Drinking and driving is danger- in chapter 3 for more informa- • Be sure that all lights work. ous. Drunk driving is the num- tion on their proper use. ber one contributor to the high- • Check all gauges. way death toll each year. Even a • Check the operation of warning small amount of alcohol will lights when the ignition switch is WARNING affect your reflexes, percep- turned to the ON position. tions and judgment. Driving Always check the surrounding while under the influence of • Release the parking brake and areas near your vehicle for peo- make sure the brake warning light drugs is as dangerous or more ple, especially children, before dangerous than driving drunk. goes out. putting a vehicle into D (Drive) For safe operation, be sure you are or R (Reverse). You are much more likely to familiar with your vehicle and its have a serious accident if you equipment. drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a cab.

55 Driving your vehicle

WARNING • When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and ignite a fire. • When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly, loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident. Keep all things in the vehicle safely stored. • If you do not focus on driving, it may cause an accident. Be careful when operating what may disturb driving such as audio or heater. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely.

65 Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ✽ NOTICE LOCK If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension.

OPS053001 Whenever a front door is opened, the OXM059029N ignition switch will illuminate for your The steering wheel locks to protect convenience, provided the ignition against theft (if equipped). The igni- switch is not in the ON position. The tion key can be removed only in the light will go off immediately when the LOCK position. ignition switch is turned on. It will also go off after about 30 seconds When turning the ignition switch to when the door is closed. the LOCK position, push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory) The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative.

57 Driving your vehicle

ON (Continued) The warning lights can be checked WARNING - Ignition • Never reach for the ignition before the engine is started. This is switch switch, or any other controls the normal running position after the • Never turn the ignition switch through the steering wheel engine is started. to LOCK or ACC while the while the vehicle is in motion. vehicle is moving. This would Do not leave the ignition switch ON if The presence of your hand or result in loss of directional the engine is not running to prevent arm in this area could cause a control and braking function, battery discharge. loss of vehicle control, an which could cause an acci- accident and serious bodily dent. injury or death. START • The anti-theft steering column • Do not place any movable Turn the ignition switch to the START lock (if equipped) is not a sub- objects around the driver’s position to start the engine. The stitute for the parking brake. seat as they may move while engine will crank until you release Before leaving the driver’s driving, interfere with the driv- the key; then it returns to the ON seat, always make sure the er and lead to an accident. position. The brake warning light can shift lever is engaged in 1st be checked in this position. gear for the manual transaxle or P (Park) for automatic transaxle, set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken. (Continued)

85 Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine It should be started without depressing the accelerator. CAUTION WARNING 4.Do not wait for the engine to warm If the engine stalls while you are up while the vehicle remains sta- in motion, do not attempt to Always wear appropriate shoes tionary. move the shift lever to the P when operating your vehicle. Start driving at moderate engine (Park) position. If traffic and Unsuitable shoes (high heels, road conditions permit, you may ski boots,etc.) may interfere speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.) put the shift lever in the N with your ability to use the (Neutral) position while the brake and accelerator pedal. vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START 1.Make sure the parking brake is position in an attempt to restart applied. the engine. 2.Manual Transaxle - Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral. Keep the CAUTION clutch pedal and brake pedal Do not engage the starter for depressed while turning the igni- more than 10 seconds. If the tion switch to the start position. engine stalls or fails to start, Automatic Transaxle - Place the wait 5 to 10 seconds before re- transaxle shift lever in P (Park). engaging the starter. Improper Depress the brake pedal fully. use of the starter may damage it. You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position. 3.Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key.

59 Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button START/STOP button position CAUTION You are able to turn off the OFF engine (START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON), only when the vehicle is not in motion. In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion, you are able to Not illuminated turn the engine off and to the • With manual transaxle ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for To turn off the engine (START/RUN more than 2 seconds or 3 times position) or vehicle power (ON posi- successively within 3 seconds. tion), stop the vehicle then press the If the vehicle is still moving, you engine start/stop button. OPS053003 can restart the engine without Whenever the front door is opened, depressing the brake pedal by the ENGINE START/STOP button • With automatic transaxle pressing the ENGINE will illuminate for your convenience. To turn off the engine (START/RUN START/STOP button with the The light will go off after about 30 position) or vehicle power (ON posi- shift lever in the N (Neutral) seconds when the door is closed. tion), press the ENGINE position. When all entrances are closed, if you START/STOP button with the shift lock the vehicle by using the trans- lever in the P (Park) position. When mitter or the smart key, the light will you press the ENGINE go off immediately. START/STOP button without the shift lever in the P (Park) position, the ENGINE START/STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position.

5 10 Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Amber Redish orange Not illuminated • With manual transaxle • With manual transaxle • With manual transaxle Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button To start the engine, depress the when the button is in the OFF posi- when the button is in the ACC posi- clutch pedal and brake pedal, then tion without depressing the clutch tion without depressing the clutch press the engine start/stop button pedal. pedal. with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. • With automatic transaxle • With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP • With automatic transaxle button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position To start the engine, depress the without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. brake pedal and press the ENGINE If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked START/ STOP button with the shift is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not lever in the P (Park) or the N 1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP (Neutral) position. For your safety, matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long start the engine with the shift lever in charge. time. The battery may discharge, the P (Park) position. because the engine is not running.

511 Driving your vehicle

✽ ✽ NOTICE NOTICE (Continued) If you press the ENGINE If you leave the ENGINE START/ • Never reach for the ENGINE START/STOP button without STOP button in the ACC or ON START/STOP button or any depressing the clutch pedal for man- position for a long time, the battery other controls through the ual transaxle vehicles or without will discharge. steering wheel while the vehi- depressing the brake pedal for auto- cle is in motion. The presence matic transaxle vehicles, the engine WARNING of your hand or arm in the will not start and the ENGINE area could cause loss of vehi- START/STOP button changes as fol- • Never press the ENGINE cle control, an accident and low: START/STOP button while the serious bodily injury or death. OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. If the engine • Do not place any movable stops while the vehicle is in objects around the driver's motion, this would result in seat as they may move while loss of directional control and driving, interfere with the driv- braking function, which could er and lead to an accident. cause an accident. • Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P (Park), set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken. (Continued)

5 12 Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine with a • Even if the smart key is in the vehi- smart key (if equipped) cle, if it is far away from you, the WARNING engine may not start. 1.Carry the smart key or leave it The engine will start, only when inside the vehicle. • When the ENGINE START/STOP the smart key is in the vehicle. button is in the ACC position or 2.Make sure the parking brake is Never allow children or any per- above, if any door is opened, the firmly applied son who is unfamiliar with the system checks for the smart key. If vehicle to touch the ENGINE 3.Manual Transaxle - Depress the the smart key is not in the vehicle, START/STOP button or related clutch pedal fully and shift the a message "key is not in the vehi- parts. transaxle into Neutral. Keep the cle" will appear on the LCD display. clutch pedal and brake pedal And if all doors are closed, the depressed while starting the engine. chime will sound for 5 seconds. Automatic transaxle - Place the The indicator or warning will turn CAUTION transaxle shift lever in P (Park). off while the vehicle is moving. If the engine stalls while the Depress the brake pedal fully. Always have the smart key with vehicle is in motion, do not You can also start the engine when you. attempt to move the shift lever the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) to the P (Park) position. If the position. traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP in the N (Neutral) position while button while depressing the brake the vehicle is still moving and pedal. press the ENGINE START/STOP It should be started without button in an attempt to restart depressing the accelerator. the engine. 5.Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)

513 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) • When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If it is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position. The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal. But for your safety always OPS053007 depress the brake pedal before starting the engine. ✽ NOTICE • If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you CAUTION can start the engine by pressing Do not press the ENGINE the engine start/stop button with START/ STOP button for more the smart key. than 10 seconds except when The side with the lock button the stop lamp fuse is blown. should contact the engine start/stop button directly. When you press the engine start/stop button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle. (Continued)

5 14 Driving your vehicle

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Manual transaxle operation CAUTION • The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears. • When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear, caution This shift pattern is imprinted on should be taken not to inad- the shift knob. The transaxle is fully vertently press the gear shift synchronized in all forward gears lever sideways in such a man- so shifting to either a higher or a ner that second gear is lower gear is easily accomplished. engaged. Such a drastic • Press the clutch pedal down fully downshift may cause the while shifting, then release it slow- engine speed to increase to ly. the point that the tachometer If your vehicle is equipped with an will enter the red-zone. Such The shift lever can be moved without over-revving of the engine pushing the ring (1). ignition lock switch, the engine will not start when starting the engine may possibly cause engine The ring (1) must be pushed while without depressing the clutch damage. moving the shift lever. pedal. (if equipped) • Do not downshift more than 2 OJD053058 • The gearshift lever must be gears or downshift the gear returned to the neutral position when the engine is running at before shifting into R (Reverse). high speed (5,000 RPM or The ring (1) located immediately higher). Such a downshifting below the shift knob must be pulled may damage the engine. upward while moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position. (if equipped) • Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R (Reverse). Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone. 515 Driving your vehicle

• During cold weather, shifting may Using the clutch be difficult until the transaxle lubri- WARNING The clutch should be pressed all the cant has warmed up. This is nor- • Before leaving the driver’s way to the floor before shifting, then mal and not harmful to the seat, always set the parking released slowly. The clutch pedal transaxle. brake fully and shut the should always be fully released while • If you've come to a complete stop engine off. Then make sure driving. Do not rest your foot on the and it's hard to shift into 1st or R the transaxle is shifted into clutch pedal while driving. This can (Reverse), put the shift lever in N 1st gear when the vehicle is cause unnecessary wear. Do not (Neutral) position and release the parked on a level or uphill partially engage the clutch to hold clutch. Press the clutch pedal back grade, and shifted into R the vehicle on an incline. This causes down, and then shift into 1st or R (Reverse) on a downhill unnecessary wear. Use the foot (Reverse) gear position. grade. Unexpected and sud- brake or parking brake to hold the den vehicle movement can vehicle on an incline. Do not operate occur if these precautions are the clutch pedal rapidly and repeat- CAUTION not followed in the order iden- edly. • To avoid premature clutch tified. wear and damage, do not • If your vehicle has a manual CAUTION drive with your foot resting on transaxle not equipped with a the clutch pedal. Also, don’t ignition lock switch, it may When operating the clutch use the clutch to hold the move and cause a serious pedal, depress the clutch pedal vehicle stopped on an uphill accident when starting the down fully. If you don’t depress grade, while waiting for a traf- engine without depressing the clutch pedal fully, the clutch fic light, etc. the clutch pedal while the may be damaged or noise may occur. • Do not use the shift lever as a parking brake is released and handrest during driving, as the shift lever not in the N this can result in premature (neutral) position. wear of the transaxle shift forks.

5 16 Driving your vehicle

Downshifting Good driving practices • Exercise extreme caution when When you must slow down in heavy • Never take the vehicle out of gear driving on a slippery surface. Be traffic or while driving up steep hills, and coast down a hill. This is especially careful when braking, downshift before the engine starts to extremely hazardous. Always leave accelerating or shifting gears. On a labor. Downshifting reduces the the vehicle in gear. slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the chance of stalling and gives better • Don't "ride" the brakes. This can acceleration when you again need to drive wheels to lose traction and cause them to overheat and mal- the vehicle to go out of control. increase your speed. When the vehi- function. Instead, when you are cle is traveling down steep hills, driving down a long hill, slow down downshifting helps maintain safe and shift to a lower gear. When you speed and prolongs brake life. do this, engine braking will help slow down the vehicle. • Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage. • Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle. • Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse. The transaxle can be damaged if you do not. To shift into reverse, depress the clutch, move the shift lever to neutral, then shift to the reverse position.

517 Driving your vehicle

WARNING • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. • Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. • The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits.

5 18 Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Automatic transaxle operation + (UP) The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever.

✽ - (DOWN) NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transaxle Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting. (If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal. However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle.) Press the lock release button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OPS053008

519 Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION The indicator in the instrument clus- ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to • To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position a forward or reverse gear. transaxle, do not accelerate when the ignition switch is in the ON the engine in R (Reverse) or position. any forward gear position with WARNING - Automatic the brakes on. P (Park) transaxle • When stopped on an incline, • Always check the surrounding do not hold the vehicle with Always come to a complete stop areas near your vehicle for the engine power. Use the before shifting into P (Park). This people, especially children, service brake or the parking position locks the transaxle and pre- before shifting the shift lever brake. vents the drive wheels from rotating. into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Do not shift from N (Neutral) • Before leaving the driver’s or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R WARNING seat, always make sure the (Reverse) when the engine is shift lever is in the P (Park) above idle speed. • Shifting into P (Park) while the position; then set the parking vehicle is in motion will cause brake fully and shut the the drive wheels to lock which engine off. Unexpected and will cause you to lose control sudden vehicle movement of the vehicle. can occur if these precautions • Do not use the P (Park) posi- are not followed in the order tion in place of the parking identified. brake. Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P (Park) position and set the parking brake fully. • Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle.

5 20 Driving your vehicle

N (Neutral) CAUTION The wheels and transaxle are not The transaxle may be damaged engaged. The vehicle will roll freely if you shift into P (Park) while even on the slightest incline unless + (UP) the vehicle is in motion. the parking brake or service brakes are applied.

R (Reverse) - (DOWN) Use this position to drive the vehicle D (Drive) backward. This is the normal forward driving position. The transaxle will automati- Sports mode cally shift through a 6-gear OPS053009 sequence, providing the best fuel CAUTION Sports mode economy and power. Always come to a complete stop Whether the vehicle is stationary or before shifting into or out of R in motion, sports mode is selected by (Reverse); you may damage the For extra power when passing anoth- pushing the shift lever from the D transaxle if you shift into R er vehicle or climbing grades, (Drive) position into the manual gate. (Reverse) while the vehicle is in depress the accelerator fully, at To return to D (Drive) range opera- motion, except when “Rocking which time the transaxle will auto- tion, push the shift lever back into the the vehicle” explained in this matically downshift to the next lower main gate. section. gear. In sports mode, moving the shift ✽ NOTICE lever backwards and forwards will Always come to a complete stop allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. before shifting into D (Drive). In contrast to a manual transaxle, the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed.

521 Driving your vehicle

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once (Continued) Shift lock system to shift up one gear. • To maintain the required levels of For your safety, the automatic Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards vehicle performance and safety, transaxle has a shift lock system once to shift down one the system may not execute cer- which prevents shifting the transaxle gear. tain gearshifts when the shift lever from P (Park) into R (Reverse) is operated. unless the brake pedal is depressed. • When driving on a slippery road, ✽ NOTICE push the shift lever forward into To shift the transaxle from P (Park) into R (Reverse): • In sports mode, the driver must the +(up) position. This causes the execute upshifts in accordance transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal. with road conditions, taking care which is better for smooth driving 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition to keep the engine speed below the on a slippery road. Push the shift switch to the ON position. red zone. lever to the -(down) side to shift 3.Move the shift lever. back to the 1st gear. • In sports mode, only the 6 forward If the brake pedal is repeatedly gears can be selected. To reverse depressed and released with the or park the vehicle, move the shift shift lever in the P (Park) position, a lever to the R (Reverse) or P chattering noise near the shift lever (Park) position as required. may be heard. It is a normal condi- • In sports mode, downshifts are tion. made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. • In sports mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically. (Continued)

5 22 Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system WARNING The ignition key cannot be removed Always fully depress the brake unless the shift lever is in the P pedal before and while shifting (Park) position. Even if the ignition out of the P (Park) position into switch is in the LOCK position, the another position to avoid inad- key also cannot be removed. vertent motion of the vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with which could injure persons in ENGINE START/STOP button, the or around the vehicle. button will not change to the OFF position unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. OPS053010 Shift-lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following: 1.Carefully remove the cap covering the shift-lock access hole (1). 2.Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver. 3.Move the shift lever. 4.Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately.

523 Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do • Never move the gear shift lever not depend on placing the WARNING from P (Park) to any other position transaxle in P (Park) to keep the • Always buckle-up! In a colli- with the accelerator pedal vehicle from moving. sion, an unbelted occupant is depressed. • Exercise extreme caution when significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than • Never move the gear shift lever into driving on a slippery surface. Be a properly belted occupant. P (Park) when the vehicle is in especially careful when braking, motion. accelerating or shifting gears. On a • Avoid high speeds when cor- slippery surface, an abrupt change nering or turning. • Be sure the vehicle is completely in vehicle speed can cause the • Do not make quick steering stopped before you attempt to shift drive wheels to lose traction and wheel movements, such as into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). the vehicle to go out of control. sharp lane changes or fast, • Never take the vehicle out of gear • Optimum vehicle performance and sharp turns. and coast down a hill. This may be economy is obtained by smoothly • The risk of rollover is greatly extremely hazardous. Always leave depressing and releasing the increased if you lose control the vehicle in gear when moving. accelerator pedal. of your vehicle at highway • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can speeds. cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are • Loss of control often occurs if driving down a long hill, slow down two or more wheels drop off and shift to a lower gear. When you the roadway and the driver do this, engine braking will help oversteers to reenter the road- slow down the vehicle. way. • Slow down before shifting to a • In the event your vehicle lower gear. Otherwise, the lower leaves the roadway, do not gear may not be engaged. steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits.

5 24 Driving your vehicle

Moving up a steep grade from a WARNING standing start If your vehicle becomes stuck in To move up a steep grade from a snow, mud, sand, etc., then you standing start, depress the brake may attempt to rock the vehicle pedal, shift the shift lever to D free by moving it forward and (Drive). Select the appropriate gear backward. Do not attempt this depending on load weight and steep- procedure if people or objects ness of the grade, and release the are anywhere near the vehicle. parking brake. Depress the accelera- During the rocking operation tor gradually while releasing the the vehicle may suddenly move service brakes. forward or backward as it When accelerating from a stop on becomes unstuck, causing a steep hill, the vehicle may have a injury or damage to nearby peo- tendency to roll backwards. ple or objects. Shifting the shift lever into 2 (Second Gear) will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards.

525 Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes - Brakes (Continued) Your vehicle has power-assisted WARNING • Do not drive with your foot • Wet brakes may impair the brakes that adjust automatically vehicle’s ability to safely slow through normal usage. resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high down; the vehicle may also In the event that the power-assisted brake temperatures, exces- pull to one side when the brakes lose power because of a sive brake lining and pad brakes are applied. Applying stalled engine or some other reason, wear, and increased stopping the brakes lightly will indicate you can still stop your vehicle by distances. whether they have been applying greater force to the brake affected in this way. Always pedal than you normally would. The • When descending a long or test your brakes in this fash- stopping distance, however, will be steep hill, shift to a lower gear ion after driving through deep longer. and avoid continuous applica- water.To dry the brakes, apply tion of the brakes. Continuous When the engine is not running, the them lightly while maintaining brake application will cause reserve brake power is partially a safe forward speed until the brakes to overheat and depleted each time the brake pedal brake performance returns to could result in a temporary is applied. Do not pump the brake normal. loss of braking performance. pedal when the power assist has • Always, confirm the position been interrupted. (Continued) of the brake and accelerator Pump the brake pedal only when pedal before driving. If you necessary to maintain steering con- don’t check the position of the trol on slippery surfaces. accelerator and brake pedal before driving, you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal. It may cause a serious accident.

5 26 Driving your vehicle

In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear This brake wear warning sound make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from means your vehicle needs serv- parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You ice. If you ignore this audible tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or warning, you will eventually than normal. it may occur whenever you depress lose braking performance, the brake pedal. which could lead to a serious accident. WARNING - Parking Please remember that some driving brake conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or Applying the parking brake lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor- while the vehicle is moving at mal and does not indicate a problem normal speeds can cause a with your brakes. sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehi- CAUTION cle, use great caution in apply- • To avoid costly brake repairs, ing the brake. do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. • Always replace the front or WARNING rear brake pads as pairs. Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the vehicle system and endanger driving safety.

527 Driving your vehicle

Parking brake - Hand type Releasing the parking brake CAUTION Applying the parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

OPS053012 OPS053011 To release the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and pull up the To engage the parking brake, first parking brake lever slightly. Secondly apply the foot brake and then without press the release button (1) and pressing the release button in, pull lower the parking brake lever (2) the parking brake lever up as far as while holding the button. possible. In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradi- ent, the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P (Park) position for automatic transaxle vehicles.

5 28 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the WARNING vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- • To prevent unintentional sible, use extreme caution while movement when stopped and operating the vehicle and only con- leaving the vehicle, do not use tinue to drive the vehicle until you the shift lever instead of the can reach a safe location or repair parking brake. Set the parking shop. brake AND make sure the shift lever is securely positioned in 1st (First) gear or R (Reverse) for manual transaxle equipped vehicles and in P W-75 (Park) for automatic transaxle Check the brake warning light by equipped vehicles. turning the ignition switch ON (do not • Never allow anyone who is start the engine). This light will be unfamiliar with the vehicle to illuminated when the parking brake is touch the parking brake. If the applied with the ignition switch in the parking brake is released START or ON position. unintentionally, serious injury Before driving, be sure the parking may occur. brake is fully released and the brake • All vehicles should always warning light is off. have the parking brake fully If the brake warning light remains on engaged when parking to after the parking brake is released avoid inadvertent movement while the engine is running, there of the vehicle which can injure may be a malfunction in the brake occupants or pedestrians. system. Immediate attention is necessary.

529 Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the (Continued) speed of the wheels. If the wheels During these conditions the are going to lock, the ABS system WARNING vehicle should be driven at repeatedly modulates the hydraulic ABS (or ESC) will not prevent reduced speeds: brake pressure to the wheels. accidents due to improper or • Rough, gravel or snow-cov- When you apply your brakes under dangerous driving maneuvers. ered roads. conditions which may lock the Even though vehicle control is • On roads where the road sur- wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ improved during emergency face is pitted or has different sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- braking, always maintain a safe surface height. responding sensation in the brake distance between you and The safety features of an ABS pedal. This is normal and it means objects ahead. Vehicle speeds your ABS is active. should always be reduced dur- (or ESC) equipped vehicle ing extreme road conditions. should not be tested by high In order to obtain the maximum ben- speed driving or cornering. This efit from your ABS in an emergency The braking distance for vehi- could endanger the safety of situation, do not attempt to modulate cles equipped with an anti-lock yourself or others. your brake pressure and do not try to braking system (or Electronic pump your brakes. Press your brake Stability Control System) may pedal as hard as possible or as hard be longer than for those without as the situation allows the ABS to it in the following road condi- control the force being delivered to tions. the brakes. (Continued)

5 30 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE CAUTION A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehi- • When you drive on a road hav- cle begins to move after the engine is ing poor traction, such as an started. These conditions are normal icy road, and have operated and indicate that the anti-lock brake your brakes continuously, the system is functioning properly. ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light • Even with the anti-lock brake sys- may illuminate. Pull your vehi- tem, your vehicle still requires suf- cle over to a safe place and ficient stopping distance. Always stop the engine. maintain a safe distance from the W-78 • Restart the engine. If the ABS vehicle in front of you. warning light goes off, then • Always slow down when cornering. CAUTION your ABS system is normal. The anti-lock brake system cannot • If the ABS warning light is on Otherwise, you may have a prevent accidents resulting from and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. excessive speeds. problem with the ABS. In this Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. • On loose or uneven road surfaces, case, however, your regular operation of the anti-lock brake brakes will work normally. system may result in a longer stop- • The ABS warning light will stay ping distance than for vehicles on for approximately 3 sec- equipped with a conventional onds after the ignition switch brake system. is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

531 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Electronic stability control WARNING When you jump start your vehicle (ESC) because of a drained battery, the Never drive too fast according engine may not run as smoothly and to the road conditions or too the ABS warning light may turn on quickly when cornering. at the same time. This happens Electronic stability control because of low battery voltage. It (ESC) will not prevent acci- does not mean your ABS has mal- dents. Excessive speed in functioned. turns, abrupt maneuvers and • Do not pump your brakes! hydroplaning on wet surfaces • Have the battery recharged before can still result in serious acci- driving the vehicle. dents. Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause OPS053013 the vehicle to lose traction. The Electronic Stability control Even with ESC installed, always (ESC) system is designed to stabi- follow all the normal precau- lize the vehicle during cornering tions for driving - including driv- maneuvers. ESC checks where you ing at safe speeds for the condi- are steering and where the vehicle is tions. actually going. ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle.

5 32 Driving your vehicle

The Electronic Stability Control ESC operation When operating (ESC) system is an electronic sys- ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- tem designed to help the driver main- • When the ignition is turned tion, the ESC indicator light tain vehicle control under adverse blinks. conditions. It is not a substitute for - ON, ESC and ESC OFF • When the Electronic safe driving practices. Factors includ- indicator lights illuminate for Stability Control is operating speed, road conditions and driv- approximately 3 seconds, ing properly, you can feel a er steering input can all affect then ESC is turned on. slight pulsation in the vehi- whether ESC will be effective in pre- • Press the ESC OFF but- cle. This is only the effect venting a loss of control. It is still your ton for at least half a sec- of brake control and indi- responsibility to drive and corner at ond after turning the igni- cates nothing unusual. reasonable speeds and to leave a tion ON to turn ESC off. sufficient margin of safety. (ESC OFF indicator will • When moving out of the mud or driving on a slip- When you apply your brakes under illuminate). To turn the pery road, pressing the conditions which may lock the ESC on, press the ESC accelerator pedal may not wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ OFF button (ESC OFF cause the engine rpm sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- indicator light will go off). (revolutions per minute) to responding sensation in the brake • When starting the engine, increase. pedal. This is normal and it means you may hear a slight tick- your ESC is active. ing sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does ✽ NOTICE not indicate a problem. A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly.

533 Driving your vehicle

ESC operation off ESC OFF state This car has 2 kinds of ESC off states. If the engine stops when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again.

OPS053022 OPS053023 • ESC off state 1 • ESC off state 2 To cancel ESC operation, press the To cancel ESC operation, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for shortly (ESC OFF indicator light more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi- (ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates state, the engine control function and ESC OFF warning chime will does not operate. It means the trac- sound. At this state, the engine con- tion control function does not oper- trol function and brake control func- ate. Brake control function only oper- tion do not operate. It means the car ates. stability control function does not If your vehicle is equipped with clus- operate any more. ter type B, a message also will If your vehicle is equipped with clus- appear on the LCD display. ter type B, a message also will appear on the LCD display.

5 34 Driving your vehicle

Indicator light ESC OFF usage CAUTION When driving ■ ESC indicator light Driving with varying tire or • ESC should be turned on for daily wheel sizes may cause the ESC driving whenever possible. system to malfunction. When replacing tires, make sure they • To turn ESC off while driving, press are the same size as your origi- the ESC OFF button while driving ■ ESC OFF indicator light nal tires. on a flat road surface.

WARNING WARNING Never press the ESC OFF but- The Electronic Stability Control ton while ESC is operating (ESC system is only a driving aid; use indicator light blinks). When ignition switch is turned to ON, precautions for safe driving by the indicator light illuminates, then slowing down on curved, If ESC is turned off while ESC is goes off if the ESC system is operat- snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow- operating, the vehicle may slip ing normally. ly and don’t attempt to acceler- out of control. The ESC indicator light blinks when- ate whenever the ESC indicator ever ESC is operating or illuminates light is blinking, or when the when ESC fails to operate. road surface is slippery. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

535 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Vehicle stability management The VSM does not operate when: • When operating the vehicle on a (VSM) • Driving on bank road such as gra- dynamometer, ensure that the This system provides further dient or incline ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light enhancements to vehicle stability • Driving in reverse illuminated). If the ESC is left on, and steering responses when a vehi- • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) it may prevent the vehicle speed cle is driving on a slippery road or a remains on the instrument cluster from increasing, and result in false vehicle detects changes in coeffi- diagnosis. cient of friction between right wheels • EPS indicator light remains on the • Turning the ESC off does not and left wheels when braking. instrument cluster affect ABS or brake system operation. VSM operation VSM operation off When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you press the ESC OFF button to indicator light ( ) blinks. turn off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator When the vehicle stability manage- light ( ) illuminates. ment is operating properly, you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle To turn on the VSM, press the button and/or abnormal steering responses again. The ESC OFF indicator light (EPS). This is only the effect of brake goes out. and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual.

5 36 Driving your vehicle

Malfunction indicator Hill-start assist control (HAC) The VSM can be deactivated even if WARNING A vehicle has the tendency to roll you don’t cancel the VSM operation • The Vehicle Stability back on a steep hill when it starts to by pressing the ESC OFF button. It Management system is not a go after stopping. The Hill-start indicates that a malfunction has substitute for safe driving Assist Control (HAC) prevents the been detected somewhere in the practices but a supplemen- vehicle from rolling back by applying Electric Power Steering system or tary function only. It is the the brakes automatically for about 2 VSM system. If the ESC indicator responsibility of the driver to seconds. The brakes are released light ( ) or EPS warning light always check the speed and when the accelerator pedal is remains on, take your vehicle to an the distance to the vehicle depressed or after about 2 seconds. authorized Kia dealer and have the ahead. Always hold the steer- system checked. ing wheel firmly while driving. • Your vehicle is designed to WARNING ✽ NOTICE activate according to the dri- The HAC is activated only for • The VSM is designed to function ver’s intention, even with about 2 seconds, so when the above approximately 13 mph (22 installed VSM. Always follow vehicle is starting off always km/h) on curves. all the normal precautions for depress the accelerator pedal. • The VSM is designed to function driving at safe speeds for the above approximately 6 mph (10 conditions – including driving km/h) when a vehicle is braking on in clement weather and on a a split-mu road. The split-mu road slippery road. is made of surfaces which have dif- • Driving with varying tire or ferent friction forces. wheel sizes may cause the VSM system to malfunction. When replacing tires, make sure they are the same size as your original tires.

537 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Good braking practices • Check to be sure the parking brake • The HAC does not operate when is not engaged and the parking the transaxle shift lever is in the P WARNING brake indicator light is out before (Park) or N (Neutral) position. driving away. • Whenever you leave or park • Driving through water may get the • The HAC activates even though your vehicle, always set the the ESC is off but it does not acti- brakes wet. They can also get wet parking brake as far as possi- when the vehicle is washed. Wet vate when the ESC has malfunc- ble and shift the vehicle to 1st tioned. brakes can be dangerous! Your (First) gear or R (Reverse) for vehicle will not stop as quickly if the manual transaxle, or P (Park) brakes are wet. Wet brakes may for automatic transaxle. If the cause the vehicle to pull to one parking brake is not fully side. engaged, the vehicle may move inadvertently and injure To dry the brakes, apply the brakes yourself and others. lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to • All vehicles should always keep the vehicle under control at have the parking brake fully all times. If the braking action does engaged when parking to not return to normal, stop as soon avoid inadvertent movement as it is safe to do so and call an of the vehicle which can injure authorized Kia dealer for assis- occupants or pedestrians. tance.

5 38 Driving your vehicle

• Don't coast down hills with the • If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your park- vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- automatic transaxle, don't let your ing brake can freeze in the ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in vehicle creep forward. To avoid engaged position. This is most like- gear at all times, use the brakes to creeping forward, keep your foot ly to happen when there is an slow down, then shift to a lower firmly on the brake pedal when the accumulation of snow or ice gear so that engine braking will vehicle is stopped. around or near the rear brakes or if help you maintain a safe speed. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Firmly engage the parking brake that the parking brake may freeze, Resting your foot on the brake and place the shift lever in P (auto- apply it only temporarily while you pedal while driving can be danger- matic transaxle) or in first or put the shift lever in P (automatic ous because the brakes might reverse gear (manual transaxle). If transaxle) or in first or reverse gear overheat and lose their effective- your vehicle is facing downhill, turn (manual transaxle) and block the ness. It also increases the wear of the front wheels into the curb to rear wheels so the vehicle cannot the brake components. help keep the vehicle from rolling. If roll. Then release the parking brake. • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- your vehicle is facing uphill, turn ing, apply the brakes gently and the front wheels away from the • Do not hold the vehicle on the keep the vehicle pointed straight curb to help keep the vehicle from upgrade with the accelerator ahead while you slow down. When rolling. If there is no curb or if it is pedal.This can cause the transaxle you are moving slowly enough for it required by other conditions to to overheat. Always use the brake to be safe to do so, pull off the road keep the vehicle from rolling, block pedal or parking brake. and stop in a safe place. the wheels.

539 Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING (Continued) • If the cruise control is left on • Be careful when driving (CRUISE indicator light in the downhill using the cruise con- instrument cluster illuminat- trol system, which may ed), the cruise control can be increase the vehicle speed. switched on accidentally. Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indicator CAUTION light OFF) when the cruise control is not in use, to avoid During cruise-speed driving of a manual transaxle vehicle, do not OPS053015 inadvertently setting a speed. shift into neutral without 1. Cruise indicator • Use the cruise control system depressing the clutch pedal, 2. Cruise set indicator only when traveling on open since the engine will be over- highways in good weather. revved. If this happens, depress The cruise control system allows you • Do not use the cruise control the clutch pedal or release the to program the vehicle to maintain a when it may not be safe to cruise control ON-OFF switch. constant speed without pressing the keep the vehicle at a constant accelerator pedal. speed, for instance, driving in heavy or varying traffic, or on This system is designed to function slippery (rainy, icy or snow- above approximately 30 km/h (20 covered) or winding roads or mph). over 6% up-hill or down-hill roads. • Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system. (Continued)

5 40 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Cruise control switch To set cruise control speed: • During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. The delay is normal. • To activate cruise control, depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine. This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel OPS053016 OPS053017 cruise control is in normal condi- CRUISE :Turns cruise control sys- 1. Press the CRUISE button on the tion. tem on or off. steering wheel to turn the system CANCEL: Cancels cruise control on. The CRUISE indicator light in operation. the instrument cluster will illuminate. RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 30 km/h SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- (20 mph) trol speed. ✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxle For manual transaxle vehicles, you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine.

541 Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising speed: speed:

OPS053018 3. Push the SET - switch, and release it at the desired speed. OPS053019 OPS053018 The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate. Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: Release the accelerator pedal at • Push the RES + switch and hold it. • Push the SET - switch and hold it. the same time. The desired speed Your vehicle will accelerate. Your vehicle will gradually slow will automatically be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you down. Release the lever at the On a steep grade, the vehicle may want. speed you want to maintain. slow down or speed up slightly while • Push the RES + switch and • Push the SET - switch and release going uphill or downhill. release it immediately. it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease 2km/h (or 1 mph) each time you by 2 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the lever up (to RES+) in this move the lever down (to SET-) in manner. this manner.

5 42 Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do Each of these actions will cancel the cruise control on: one of the following: cruise control operation (the SET indicator light in the instrument clus- If you want to speed up temporarily ter will go off), but it will not turn the when the cruise control is on, system off. If you wish to resume depress the accelerator pedal. cruise control operation, push the Increased speed will not interfere RES + switch located on your steer- with cruise control operation or ing wheel. You will return to your pre- change the set speed. viously preset speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OPS053020 • Press the brake pedal. • Depress the clutch pedal if equipped with a manual transaxle. • Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic transaxle. • Push the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel. • Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by approximately 20 km/h (12 mph). • Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 km/h (15 mph).

543 Driving your vehicle

To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do more than approximately 20 one of the following: mph (30 km/h):

OPS053017 OPS053019 • Press the CRUISE button (the If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the CRUISE button was used to cancel instrument cluster will go off). cruising speed and the system is still • Turn the ignition off. activated, the most recent set speed Both of these actions cancel cruise will automatically resume when the control operation. If you want to RES+ switch is pushed. resume cruise control operation, It will not resume, however, if the repeat the steps provided in “To set vehicle speed has dropped below cruise control speed” on the previous approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). page.

5 44 Driving your vehicle

ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Active ECO operation • When the Active ECO is activated, Limitation of Active ECO oper- it will remain on until the Active ation: ECO button is pressed again. If the following conditions occur while Active ECO does not turn off when Active ECO is operating, the system the engine is restarted. To turn off operation is limited even though Active ECO, press the Active ECO there is no change in the ECO indi- button again. cator. • If Active ECO is turned off, the sys- • When the coolant temperature is tem will return to normal mode. low: The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor- When Active ECO is activated: mal. • The acceleration may slightly be • When driving up a hill: The system OPS053030 reduced eventhough you depress will be limited to gain power when Active ECO helps improve fuel effi- the accelerator fully. driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted. ciency by controlling certain engine • The air conditioner performance and transaxle system operating may be limited. • When using sports mode: The sys- parameters. Fuel efficiency depends tem will be limited according to the • The shift pattern of the automatic on the driver's driving habit and road shift location. transaxle may change. condition. • When the accelerator pedal is • The engine noise may get louder. • When the Active ECO button is deeply depressed for a few sec- pressed the ECO indicator (green) onds: The system will be limited, will illuminate to show that the The above situations are normal judging that the driver wants to Active ECO is operating. conditions when the active eco sys- speed up. tem is activated to improve fuel efficiency.

545 Driving your vehicle

ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Your vehicle may be equipped with Auto stop You must reach a speed of at least the ISG system, which reduces fuel 5 mph (8 km/h) since last idle stop. To stop the engine in idle stop consumption by automatically shut- mode The engine will stop and the green ting down the engine, when the vehi- AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the cle is at a standstill. (For example : ■ Type A instrument cluster will illuminate. red light, stop sign and traffic jam) The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met. The ISG system is ON whenever the engine is running.

✽ NOTICE OPS053028 When the engine automatically ■ Type B starts by the ISG system, some warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean the system is malfunctioning.

OPS053029 Stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal.

5 46 Driving your vehicle

Auto start To restart the engine from idle stop mode • Release the brake pedal. or • Move the shift gear to the R (Reverse) position or the sports mode while depressing the brake pedal. OPS053014 The engine will start and the green OTF054124 AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the If your vehicle is equipped with clus- instrument cluster will go out. ter type B, a message "Auto Stop" also will appear on the LCD display.

OPS053024 If you open the engine hood in auto stop mode, the ISG system will deactivate (the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate). A message "Auto Stop Deactivated Start Manually" will appear on the LCD display. (if equipped) Turn the engine on manually.

547 Driving your vehicle

The engine will also restart auto- Condition of ISG system oper- matically without the driver’s any ation actions if the following occurs: The ISG system will operate - When a certain amount of time has under the following condition: passed with the climate control sys- - The driver’s seat belt is fastened. tem on. - The driver’s door and engine hood - When the front defroster is on. are closed. - The brake vaccum pressure is low. - The brake vaccum pressure is ade- - The battery charging status is low. quate. - The vehicle speed exceeds 1 MPH - The battery is sufficiently charged. (1 km/h). OPS053025 - The outside temperature is more - The fan speed is in the highest The green AUTO STOP indicator than -2°C (28.4°F). position when the air conditioning is ( ) on the instrument cluster will - The outside temperature is under on. blink for 5 seconds and a message 32°C (89.6°F). - Engine is turned off by Auto Stop “Auto Start” will appear on the LCD - The engine coolant temperature is for a long time. display (if equipped). not low. - If you unfasten the seat belt or open the driver's door while depressing the brake pedal.

5 48 Driving your vehicle

ISG system deactivation • If you press the ISG OFF button again, the system will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF button will turn off.

OPS053026 OPS053014 • If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition, the ISG system is deactivated. The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message “Auto Stop Conditions not met” will appear on the LCD display (if equipped). • If the light or notice comes on continuously, please check the operation condition. OPS053027 • If you want to deactivate the ISG system, press the ISG OFF button. The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message “Auto Stop off” will appear on the LCD display (if equipped).

549 Driving your vehicle

ISG system malfunction • If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG OFF WARNING - Engine The system may not operate button again or if the ISG system repair when: continuously does not work cor- Turn the ignition switch to the rectly, please contact an author- LOCK (OFF) position or remove ized Kia dealer as soon as possi- the key from the ignition com- ble. pletely before performing work on the vehicle in the engine area. Failure to do so could result in serious injuries due to sudden engine reactivation.

✽ NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected OPS053014 or replaced, ISG function will not - If the ISG related sensors or sys- operate immediately. tem error occurs, the yellow AUTO If you want to use the ISG function, STOP indicator ( ) on the instru- the battery sensor needs to be cali- ment cluster will stay on after blink- brated for approximately 4 hours ing for 5 seconds and the light on with the ignition off and then, turn the ISG OFF button will illuminate. the engine on and off 2 or 3 times.

5 50 Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake or clutch • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where pedal. This can increase fuel con- tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. sumption and also increase wear reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how on these components. In addition, tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get driving with your foot resting on the with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate brake pedal may cause the brakes section 7. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- to overheat, which reduces their in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- effectiveness and may lead to maintenance is required (see sec- gestions to help save money in both more serious consequences. tion 7 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion. sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

551 Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you motion prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. Never turn the engine off to In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can coast down hills or anytime the your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. vehicle is in motion. The power up period. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds steering and power brakes will • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset not function properly without Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when the engine running. Instead, very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. keep the engine on and down- bucking. If this happens, shift to a shift to an appropriate gear for lower gear. Over-revving is racing engine braking effect. In addi- the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating tion, turning off the ignition This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- while driving could engage the the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an steering wheel lock resulting in authorized Kia dealer perform loss of vehicle steering which scheduled inspections and mainte- could cause serious injury or nance. death.

5 52 Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover When hazardous driving conditions use second gear. Accelerate slow- This multi-purpose passenger vehi- are encountered such as water, ly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Crossover Utility snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (CUV). CUV’s have higher ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- ground clearance and a narrower • Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive track to make them capable of per- distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when forming in a wide variety of off-road stalled in ice, snow, or mud. applications. Specific design charac- • Avoid sudden braking or steering. teristics give them a higher center of • When braking with non-ABS gravity than ordinary vehicles. An brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting advantage of the higher ground a light up-and-down motion until Downshifting with an automatic clearance is a better view of the the vehicle is stopped. transaxle, while driving on slip- road, which allows you to anticipate pery surfaces can cause an problems. They are not designed for accident. The sudden change in cornering at the same speeds as WARNING - ABS tire speed could cause the tires conventional passenger vehicles, Do not pump the brake pedal on to skid. Be careful when down- any more than low-slung sports vehi- a vehicle equipped with ABS. shifting on slippery surfaces. cles are designed to perform satis- factorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo, and never modify your vehicle in any way.

553 Driving your vehicle

Rocking the vehicle - Rollover WARNING WARNING If it is necessary to rock the vehicle As with other Crossover Utility Your vehicle is equipped with to free it from snow, sand, or mud, Vehicle (CUV), failure to operate tires designed to provide safe first turn the steering wheel right and this vehicle correctly may result ride and handling capability. Do left to clear the area around your in loss of control, an accident or not use a size and type of tire front wheels. Then, shift back and vehicle rollover. and wheel that is different from forth between 1st (First) and R • Utility vehicles have a signifi- the one that is originally (Reverse) in vehicles equipped with cantly higher rollover rate installed on your vehicle. It can a manual transaxle or R (Reverse) than other types of vehicles. affect the safety and perform- and any forward gear in vehicles ance of your vehicle, which • Specific design characteris- equipped with an automatic could lead to steering failure or transaxle. Do not race the engine, tics (higher ground clearance, rollover and serious injury. narrower track, etc.) give this and spin the wheels as little as pos- When replacing the tires, be sible. If you are still stuck after a few vehicle a higher center of sure to equip all four tires with gravity than ordinary vehicles. tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a the tire and wheel of the same tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat- • A CUV is not designed for cor- size, type, tread, brand and ing and possible damage to the nering at the same speeds as load-carrying capacity. If you transaxle. conventional vehicles. nevertheless decide to equip • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt your vehicle with any tire/wheel maneuvers. combination not recommended CAUTION • In a rollover crash, an unbelt- by Kia for off road driving, you Prolonged rocking may cause ed person is significantly should not use these tires for engine overheating, transaxle more likely to die than a per- highway driving. damage or failure, and tire dam- son wearing a seat belt. Make age. sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up.

5 54 Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering WARNING - Spinning WARNING tires If your vehicle becomes stuck in Do not spin the wheels, espe- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you cially at speeds more than 56 may attempt to rock the vehicle km/h (35 mph). Spinning the free by moving it forward and wheels at high speeds when the backward. Do not attempt this vehicle is stationary could procedure if people or objects cause a tire to overheat which are anywhere near the vehicle. could result in tire damage that During the rocking operation may injure bystanders. the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing ✽ NOTICE injury or damage to nearby peo- OUN056051 The ESC system should be turned ple or objects. Avoid braking or gear changing in OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration. If you follow these suggestions, tire wear will be held to a minimum.

555 Driving your vehicle

Driving at night • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain glare from other driver's headlights. • Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it OCM053010 1VQA3003 will take several seconds for your Because night driving presents more eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement. remember: Here are a few things to consider • Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain: tance between you and other vehi- • A heavy rainfall will make it harder cles, as it may be more difficult to to see and will increase the dis- see at night, especially in areas tance needed to stop your vehicle, where there may not be any street so slow down. lights. • Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape. Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.

5 56 Driving your vehicle

• If your tires are not in good condi- Driving off-road tion, making a quick stop on wet Drive carefully off-road because your WARNING pavement can cause a skid and vehicle may be damaged by rocks or • Underinflated or overinflated possibly lead to an accident. Be roots of trees. Become familiar with tires can cause poor handling, sure your tires are in good shape. the off-road conditions where you loss of vehicle control, and • Turn on your headlights to make it are going to drive before you begin sudden tire failure leading to easier for others to see you. driving. accidents, injuries, and even • Driving too fast through large pud- death. Always check tires for proper inflation before driv- dles can affect your brakes. If you Highway driving must go through puddles, try to ing. For proper tire pressures, drive through them slowly. Tires refer to “Tires and wheels” in section 8. • If you believe you may have gotten Adjust the tire inflation pressures to your brakes wet, apply them lightly specification. Low tire inflation pres- • Driving on tires with no or while driving until normal braking sures will result in overheating and insufficient tread is danger- operation returns. possible failure of the tires. ous. Worn-out tires can result Avoid using worn or damaged tires in loss of vehicle control, col- which may result in reduced traction lisions, injury, and even death. Driving in flooded areas or tire failure. Worn-out tires should be Avoid driving through flooded areas replaced as soon as possible and should never be used for unless you are sure the water is no ✽ higher than the bottom of the wheel NOTICE driving. Always check the tire hub. Drive through any water slowly. Never exceed the maximum tire tread before driving your vehi- Allow adequate stopping distance inflation pressure shown on the cle. For further information because brake performance may be tires. and tread limits, refer to “Tires affected. and wheels” in section 7. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

557 Driving your vehicle

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring. Do not for- get to check both the engine coolant and engine oil.

Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine.

5 58 Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of on your tires. If snow tires are need- the same size and load range as the ed, it is necessary to select tires original tires. Mount snow tires on all equivalent in size and type of the four wheels to balance your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Failure to do handling in all weather conditions. so may adversely affect the safety Keep in mind that the traction provid- and handling of your vehicle. ed by snow tires on dry roads may Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel- not be as high as your vehicle's orig- eration, sudden brake applications, inal equipment tires.You should drive 1VQA3005 and sharp turns are potentially very cautiously even when the roads are Severe weather conditions in the hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric- need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use. between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. WARNING - Snow tire size Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.

559 Driving your vehicle

Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil To keep locks from freezing col coolant if necessary To keep the locks from freezing, Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended squirt an approved de-icer fluid or quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" glycerine into the key opening. If a cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lock is covered with ice, squirt it with coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If an approved de-icing fluid to remove it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized you may be able to thaw it out by pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. using a heated key. Handle the heat- to replace or replenish your coolant ed key with care to avoid injury. in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7. Before winter, Check spark plugs and igni- have your coolant tested to assure tion system Use approved window washer that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as anti-freeze in system the temperatures anticipated during described in section 7 and replace To keep the water in the window the winter. them if necessary. Also check all washer system from freezing, add an ignition wiring and components to be approved window washer anti-freeze sure they are not cracked, worn or solution in accordance with instruc- Check battery and cables damaged in any way. tions on the container. Window wash- Winter puts additional burdens on er anti-freeze is available from an the battery system. Visually inspect authorized Kia dealer and most auto the battery and cables as described parts outlets. Do not use engine in section 7. The level of charge in coolant or other types of anti-freeze your battery can be checked by an as these may damage the paint fin- authorized Kia dealer or a service ish. station.

5 60 Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING Don’t let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment We do not recommend using this freeze Depending on the severity of the vehicle for trailer towing. Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri- brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of position. This is most likely to hap- the items you may want to carry pen when there is an accumulation include tow straps or chains, flash- of snow or ice around or near the light, emergency flares, sand, shov- rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. el, jumper cables, window scraper, If there is a risk the parking brake gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan- may freeze, apply it only temporarily ket, etc. while you put the gear shift lever in P (Park, automatic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components are not obstructed.

561 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label

OPS053100N/OPS053104N/OPS053102N/OPS053101N/OPS053103N/OPS053105N The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

5 62 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: Towing capacity: 375 kg (827 lbs.) Total - 5 persons We do not recommend using this Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- (Front seat : 2 persons, vehicle for trailer towing. mum combined weight of occupants Rear seat : 3 persons) and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped Seating capacity is the maximum with a trailer, the combined weight number of occupants including a includes the tongue load. driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

563 Driving your vehicle

Cargo capacity: Steps for determining correct 5.Determine the combined weight of The cargo capacity of your vehicle load limit luggage and cargo being loaded will increase or decrease depending 1.Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may not on the weight and the number of bined weight of occupants and safely exceed the available cargo occupants and the tongue load, if cargo should never exceed XXX kg and luggage load capacity calcu- your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac- lated in Step 4. ard. 6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail- 2.Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and 3.Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your vehi- the driver and passengers from cle. XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4.The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg (1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68 kg (150 lbs.) passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg (650 lbs). (635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or 1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5 64 Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg A A A Weight (1400 lbs) Weight (1400 lbs) Weight (1400 lbs) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 136 kg 340 kg 390 kg B Weight B Weight B Weight (300 lbs) (750 lbs) (860 lbs) 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 78 kg (172 lbs) × 5 Available Cargo and 499 kg Available Cargo and 295 kg Available Cargo and 245 kg C C C Luggage weight (1100 lbs) Luggage weight (650 lbs) Luggage weight (540 lbs) Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

565 Driving your vehicle

Certification label WARNING - Over (Continued) The certification label is located on loading • Do not load your vehicle any the driver's door sill at the center pil- heavier than the GVWR, either • Never exceed the GVWR for lar. the maximum front or rear your vehicle, the GAWR for This label shows the maximum GAWR and vehicle capacity either the front or rear axle allowable weight of the fully loaded weight. If you do, parts, and vehicle capacity weight. vehicle. This is called the GVWR including tires on your vehicle Exceeding these ratings can (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The can break, and it can change cause an accident or vehicle GVWR includes the weight of the the way your vehicle handles damage.You can calculate the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and and braking ability. This could weight of your load by weigh- cargo. cause you to lose control and ing the items (or people) crash. Also, overloading can This label also tells you the maxi- before putting them in the shorten the life of your vehi- mum weight that can be supported vehicle. Be careful not to over- cle. by the front and rear axles, called load your vehicle. Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). (Continued) To find out the actual loads on your The label will help you decide how front and rear axles, you need to go much cargo and installed equipment to a weigh station and weigh your your vehicle can carry. vehicle.Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center- If you carry items inside your vehicle line. - like suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else - they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

5 66 Driving your vehicle

WARNING CAUTION WARNING - Loose cargo • Overloading your vehicle can • Overloading your vehicle may Items you carry inside your cause heat buildup in your cause damage. Repairs would vehicle can strike and injure vehicle's tires and possible not be covered by your war- occupants in a sudden stop or tire failure that could lead to a ranty. Do not overload your turn, or in a crash. crash. vehicle. • Put items in the cargo area of • Overloading your vehicle can • Using heavier suspension your vehicle. Try to spread the cause increased stopping dis- components to get added weight evenly. tances that could lead to a durability might not change • Never stack items, like suit- crash. your weight ratings. Ask your cases, inside the vehicle • A crash resulting from poor dealer to help you load your above the tops of the seats. vehicle the right way. handling vehicle damage, tire • Do not leave an unsecured failure, or increased stopping child restraint in your vehicle. distances could result in serious injury or death. • When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it. • Do not drive with a seat folded down unless necessary.

567 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating) trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle bility, with or without a trailer. (including all options, equipment, Properly loading your vehicle will passengers and cargo). The GVWR provide maximum return of the vehi- GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill. ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload. ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's specifications and the certification GAWR label: (Gross axle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers This is the weight of the vehicle are shown on the certification label. including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR. al equipment. GVW (Gross vehicle weight) Vehicle curb weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passen- when you picked it up from your deal- gers. er plus any aftermarket equipment.

568 What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 6-2 • Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . 6-22 • Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 • Technical Data ...... 6-23 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 Towing ...... 6-24 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 6-3 • Towing service ...... 6-24 • If you have a flat tire while driving ...... 6-3 • Removable towing hook (front) ...... 6-25 • If the engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 • Emergency towing ...... 6-26 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 • If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 • Jump starting...... 6-5 • Push-starting ...... 6-6 If the engine overheats...... 6-7 If you have a flat tire (with Spare Tire) ...... 6-8 • Jack and tools ...... 6-8 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-9 • Changing tires ...... 6-9 6 • Use of temporary compact spare tire ...... 6-14 If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) . . 6-17 • Introduction ...... 6-17 • Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-19 • Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-20 • Distributing the sealant...... 6-21 • Producing the tire inflation pressure...... 6-22 What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using OPS063001 the hazard warning flasher while The hazard warning flasher serves the vehicle is being towed. as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

26 What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross- 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driv- road or crossing on your emergency hazard flashing ers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad or 1.Reduce your speed gradually, the transaxle in P (Park, automatic crossing, set the shift lever in the N keeping a straight line. Move cau- transaxle) or reverse (manual (Neutral) position and then push the tiously off the road to a safe place. transaxle). vehicle to a safe place. 2.Turn on your emergency flashers. 3.Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on 3.Try to start the engine again. If your If you have a flat tire while the side of the vehicle that is away vehicle will not start, contact an driving from traffic. authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance. If a tire goes flat while you are driv- 4.When changing a flat tire, follow ing: the instruction provided later in this 1.Take your foot off the accelerator section. ✽ NOTICE pedal and let the vehicle slow If there was a check engine light and down while driving straight ahead. loss of power or stall and if safe to do Do not apply the brakes immedi- so to wait at least 10 seconds to ately or attempt to pull off the road restart the vehicle after it stalls. This as this may cause a loss of control. may reset the car so it will no longer When the vehicle has slowed to run at low power (limp home) condi- such a speed that it is safe to do tion. so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

63 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally turns over slowly WARNING but does not start 1.If your vehicle has an automatic If the engine will not start, do 1.Check the fuel level. transaxle, be sure the shift lever is not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could result in a 2.With the ignition switch in the in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the LOCK position, check all connec- emergency brake is set. collision or cause other damage. In addition, push or pull tors at the ignition coils and spark 2.Check the battery connections to starting may cause the catalytic plugs. Reconnect any that may be be sure they are clean and tight. converter to overload and cre- disconnected or loose. 3.Turn on the interior light. If the light ate a fire hazard. 3.Check the fuel line in the engine dims or goes out when you operate compartment. the starter, the battery is dis- 4.If the engine still does not start, call charged. an authorized Kia dealer or seek 4.Check the starter connections to other qualified assistance. be sure they are securely tightened. 5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

46 What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING

Jumper Cables Jump starting - Battery Jump starting can be dangerous if WARNING done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid • Keep all flames or sparks harm to yourself or damage to your away from the battery. The vehicle or battery, follow these jump battery produces hydrogen (-) gas which may explode if (+) starting procedures. If in doubt, we (-) strongly recommend that you have a exposed to flame or sparks. competent technician or towing serv- If these instructions are not (+) Discharged ice jump start your vehicle. followed exactly, serious per- Booster battery sonal injury and damage to battery the vehicle may occur! If you 1VQA4001 CAUTION are not sure how to follow this Connect cables in numerical order Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- procedure, seek qualified and disconnect in reverse order. tem. You can damage a 12-volt assistance. Automobile bat- starting motor, ignition system, teries contain sulfuric acid. and other electrical parts This is poisonous and highly beyond repair by use of a 24- corrosive. When jump start- volt power supply (either two ing, wear protective glasses 12-volt batteries in series or a and be careful not to get acid 24-volt motor generator set). on yourself, your clothing or on the vehicle. • Do not attempt to jump start WARNING - Battery the vehicle if the discharged Never attempt to check the elec- battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level of the battery as trolyte level is low; the battery this may cause the battery to may rupture or explode. rupture or explode causing serious injury.

65 What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to Push-starting 1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Vehicles equipped with automatic 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct transaxle lock system cannot be nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the bat- push-started. tery when making connections. 2.If the booster battery is in another Follow the directions in this section vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to for jump-starting. come in contact. CAUTION - Battery 3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables loads. Do not connect the jumper WARNING 4.Connect the jumper cables in the cable from the negative terminal Never tow a vehicle to start it exact sequence shown in the illus- of the booster battery to the because the sudden surge for- tration. First connect one end of a negative terminal of the dis- ward when the engine starts jumper cable to the positive termi- charged battery. This can cause could cause a collision with the nal of the discharged battery (1), the discharged battery to over- tow vehicle. then connect the other end to the heat and crack, releasing bat- positive terminal of the booster tery acid. battery (2). Proceed to connect one end of the 5.Start the engine of the vehicle with other jumper cable to the negative the booster battery and let it run at terminal of the booster battery (3), 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of then the other end to a solid, sta- the vehicle with the discharged tionary, metallic point (for example, battery. the engine lifting bracket) away If the cause of your battery discharg- from the battery (4). Do not con- ing is not apparent, you should have nect it to or near any part that your vehicle checked by an author- moves when the engine is cranked. ized Kia dealer.

66 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the radiator cap knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be when the engine is hot. This too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- may result in coolant being ing from the radiator, hoses or blown out of the opening and 1.Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- cause serious burns. as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining 2.Place the shift lever in P (Park, from it when you stop). 6.If you cannot find the cause of the automatic transaxle) or Neutral overheating, wait until the engine (manual transaxle) and set the WARNING temperature has returned to nor- parking brake. If the air condition- mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, ing is on, turn it off. While the engine is running, carefully add coolant to the reser- 3.If engine coolant is running out keep hair, hands and clothing voir to bring the fluid level in the under the vehicle or steam is com- away from moving parts such reservoir up to the halfway mark. ing out from underneath the hood, as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury. 7.Proceed with caution, keeping stop the engine. Do not open the alert for further signs of overheat- hood until the coolant has stopped ing. If overheating happens again, running or the steaming has 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- call an authorized Kia dealer for stopped. If there is no visible loss ken or engine coolant is leaking assistance. of engine coolant and no steam, out, stop the engine immediately leave the engine running and and call the nearest authorized Kia check to be sure the engine cool- dealer for assistance. CAUTION ing fan is operating. If the fan is not Serious loss of coolant indi- running, turn the engine off. cates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

67 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jack and tools (if equipped) Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency WARNING - Changing tire changing only. tires To prevent the jack from “rattling” • Never attempt vehicle repairs while the vehicle is in motion, store it in the traffic lanes of a public properly. road or highway. Follow jacking instructions to reduce • Always move the vehicle com- the possibility of personal injury. pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the road, OPS063003 call a towing service company The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut for assistance. wrench are stored in the luggage • Be sure to use the correct compartment. front and rear jacking posi- Pull up the luggage box cover to tions on the vehicle; never reach this equipment. use the bumpers or any other (1) Jack handle part of the vehicle for jack support. (2) Jack (Continued) (3) Wheel lug nut wrench

86 What to do in an emergency

(Continued) Removing and storing the Changing tires spare tire (if equipped) • The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death. No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack; use vehicle support stands. • Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. • Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the 1VQA4022 jack. OAM069008 1.Park on a level surface and apply • Make sure any children pres- Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt the parking brake firmly. ent are in a secure place away counterclockwise. 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in R from the road and from the Store the tire in the reverse order of (Reverse) with manual transaxle or vehicle to be raised with the removal. P (Park) with automatic transaxle. jack. To prevent the spare tire and tools 3.Activate the hazard warning flash- from “rattling” while the vehicle is in ers. motion, store them properly.

69 What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be 1VQA4023 blocked, and that no person OPS063004 4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, remain in a vehicle that is 6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter- jack, jack handle, and spare tire being jacked. clockwise one turn each, but do from the vehicle. not remove any nut until the tire 5.Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground. wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position.

6 10 What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Jack location To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle and in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

OPS063006

OAM069009 8.Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 30 mm. (1 in). Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- ble and that there is no chance for OPS063005 movement or slippage. 7.Place the jack at the front (1) or rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame.

611 What to do in an emergency

9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the them with your fingers. Slide the WARNING studs, put the wheel nuts on the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so Wheels may have sharp edges. studs and tighten them finger it cannot roll away.To put the wheel Handle them carefully to avoid tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is on the hub, pick up the spare tire, possible severe injury. Before completely seated, then tighten line up the holes with the studs and putting the wheel into place, be the nuts as much as possible slide the wheel onto them. If this is sure that there is nothing on the with your fingers again. difficult, tip the wheel slightly and hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, 11. Insert the wrench into the jack get the top hole in the wheel lined gravel, etc.) that prevents the and lower the vehicle to the up with the top stud.Then jiggle the wheel from fitting solidly ground by turning the wheel nut wheel back and forth until the against the hub. wrench counterclockwise. wheel can slide over the other If there is, remove it. If the con- studs. tact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is not good, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle. This may cause serious injury or death.

6 12 What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION If the pressure is lower than recom- Your vehicle has metric threads mended, drive slowly to the nearest on the wheel studs and nuts. service station and inflate to the cor- Make certain during wheel rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust removal that the same nuts that it until it is correct. Always reinstall were removed are reinstalled - the valve cap after checking or or, if replaced, that nuts with adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap metric threads and the same is not replaced, dust and dirt may get chamfer configuration are used. into the tire valve and air may leak Installation of a non-metric OPS063007 from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, thread nut on a metric stud or buy another and install it as soon as vice-versa will not secure the Then position the wrench as shown possible. wheel to the hub properly and in the drawing and tighten the wheel After you have changed the wheels, will damage the stud so that it nuts. Be sure the socket is seated must be replaced. completely over the nut. Do not stand always secure the flat tire in its place on the wrench handle or use an and return the jack and tools to their Note that most lug nuts do not extension pipe over the wrench han- proper storage locations. have metric threads. Be sure to dle. Go around the wheel tightening use extreme care in checking every nut following the numerical for thread style before installing sequence shown in the image until aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. they are all tight. Then double-check If in doubt, consult an author- each nut for tightness. After changing ized Kia dealer. wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

613 What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare WARNING - Wheel studs tire (if equipped) WARNING If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com- The compact spare tire is for may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire. This compact spare emergency use only. Do not the wheel.This could lead to the tire takes up less space than a regu- operate your vehicle on this loss of the wheel and a collision lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare at speeds over resulting in serious injuries. conventional tire and is designed for 50 mph (80 km/h). The original temporary use only. tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to To prevent the jack, jack handle, avoid failure of the spare possi- wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire CAUTION bly leading to personal injury or from rattling while the vehicle is in • You should drive carefully death. motion, store them properly. when the compact spare is in use. The compact spare WARNING - Inadequate should be replaced by the The compact spare should be inflat- spare tire pressure proper conventional tire and ed to 420 kPa (60 psi). rim at the first opportunity. Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after • The operation of this vehicle ✽ NOTICE installing the spare tire. Adjust is not recommended with Check the inflation pressure after it to the specified pressure, if more than one compact spare installing the spare tire. Adjust it to necessary. Refer to “Tires and tire in use at the same time. the specified pressure, as necessary. wheels” in chapter 8.

6 14 What to do in an emergency

When using a compact spare tire, • Avoid driving over obstacles. The • The compact spare tire should not observe the following precautions: compact spare tire diameter is be used on any other wheels, nor • Under no circumstances should smaller than the diameter of a con- should standard tires, snow tires, you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a ventional tire and reduces the wheel covers or trim rings be used higher speed could damage the ground clearance approximately with the compact spare wheel. If tire. 25 mm (1 inch), which could result such use is attempted, damage to in damage to the vehicle. these items or other vehicle com- • Ensure that you drive slowly ponents may occur. enough for the road conditions to • Do not take this vehicle through an avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, automatic vehicle wash while the • Do not use more than one compact such as a pothole or debris, could compact spare tire is installed. spare tire at a time. seriously damage the compact • Do not use the compact spare tire • Do not tow a trailer while the com- spare. on any other vehicle because this pact spare tire is installed. • Any continuous road use of this tire tire has been designed especially could result in tire failure, loss of for your vehicle. vehicle control, and possible per- • The compact spare tire’s tread life sonal injury. is shorter than a regular tire. • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- Inspect your compact spare tire mum load rating or the load-carry- regularly and replace worn coming capacity shown on the sidewall pact spare tires with the same size of the compact spare tire. and design, mounted on the same wheel.

615 What to do in an emergency

Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load ■ Type A 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under the frame OHYK064001 7. When supporting the vehicle, the ■ Type B base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm level ground. OHYK064002 10. Jack manufacture ❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For 11. Production date more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

6 16 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED) Introduction CAUTION - One sealant for one tire When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire.

WARNING - Tire wall OAM060013L Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit For safe operation, carefully read to repair punctures in the tire OPS063008 and follow the instructions in this walls. This can result in an acci- manual before use. dent due to tire failure. With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay (1) Compressor mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture. (2) Sealant bottle The system of compressor and seal- The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary WARNING - Temporary fix ing compound effectively and com- fix to the tire and the tire should be Have your tire repaired as soon fortably seals most punctures in a inspected by an authorized Kia deal- as possible. The tire may loose passenger car tire caused by nails er as soon as possible. air pressure at any time after or similar objects and reinflates the inflating with the Tire Mobility tire. Kit. After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 200 km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of (80 km/h) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement. 617 What to do in an emergency

It is possible that some tires, espe- Notes on the suggested use of • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a cially with larger punctures or dam- the Tire Mobility Kit tire is severely damaged by driving age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed run flat or with insufficient air pres- • Park your car at the side of the completely. sure. road so that you can work with the Air pressure loss in the tire may Tire Mobility Kit away from moving • Do not remove any foreign objects adversely affect tire performance. traffic. such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire. For this reason, you should avoid • To be sure your vehicle will not abrupt steering or other driving move, even when you're on fairly • Provided the car is outdoors, leave maneuvers, especially if the vehicle level ground, always set your park- the engine running. Otherwise is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in ing brake. operating the compressor may use. eventually drain the car battery. • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed sealing/inflation passenger car • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit or intended as a permanent tire tires. Only punctured areas located unattended while it is being used. repair method and is to be used for within the tread region of the tire • Do not leave the compressor run- one tire only. can be sealed using the tire mobil- ning for more than 10 min. at a time This instruction shows you step by ity kit. or it may overheat. step how to temporarily seal the • Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if puncture simply and reliably. cles or any other type of tires. the ambient temperature is below - Read the section "Notes on the safe • When the tire and wheel are dam- -30°C (22°F). use of the Tire Mobility Kit". aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety. • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 6 mm (0.24 in). Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

6 18 What to do in an emergency

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 9. Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.

WARNING - Expired sealant Do not use the Tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING - Sealant • Keep out of reach of children. • Avoid contact with eyes. OAM060015L • Do not swallow. 0. Speed restriction label 4. Holder for the sealant bottle 1. Sealant bottle and label with 5. Compressor Strictly follow the specified speed restriction 6. On/off switch sequence, otherwise the sealant 2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to 7. Pressure gauge for displaying the may escape under high pressure. wheel tire inflation pressure 3. Connectors and cable for the 8. Screw cap for reducing tire infla- power outlet direct connection tion pressure

619 What to do in an emergency

Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1. Detach the speed restriction label (0) from the sealant bottle (1), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast. 2. Screw connection hose (9) onto the connector of the sealant bottle. 3. Ensure that screw cap (8) is closed. OPS063008 OPS043204 4. Unscrew the valve cap from the 6. Ensure that the compressor is 7.Plug the compressor power cord valve of the defective wheel and switched off, position 0. into the front passenger side power screw filling hose (2) of the sealant outlet of the vehicle. bottle onto the valve. 5. Insert the sealant bottle into the housing (4) of the compressor so WARNING that the bottle is upright. Only use the front passenger side power outlet when connecting the power cord.

6 20 What to do in an emergency

8. With the engine start/stop button 9. Switch off the compressor. Distributing the sealant position on or ignition switch posi- 10. Detach the hoses from the 11. Immediately drive approximately tion on, switch on the compressor sealant bottle connector and 7~10km (4~6miles or, about and let it run for approximately 5~7 from the tire valve. 10min) to evenly distribute the minutes to fill the sealant up to sealant in the tire. proper pressure. (refer to the Tire Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- and Wheels, chapter 8). The infla- age location in the vehicle. Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h tion pressure of the tire after filling (50 mph). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). is unimportant and will be WARNING - Carbon checked/corrected later. monoxide While driving, if you experience any Be careful not to overinflate the tire Do not leave your vehicle run- unusual vibration, ride disturbance or and stay away from the tire when ning in a poorly ventilated area noise, reduce your speed and drive filling it. for extended periods of time. with caution until you can safely pull Carbon monoxide poisoning off of the side of the road. Call for road side service or towing. CAUTION - Tire pressure and suffocation can occur. When you use the Tire Mobility Kit, Do not attempt to drive your the tire pressure sensors and wheel vehicle if the tire pressure is may be damaged by sealant, remove below 200kpa (29 PSI). This the sealant stained with tire pressure could result in an accident due sensors and wheel and inspect in to sudden tire failure. authorized dealer.

621 What to do in an emergency

Checking the tire inflation pres- ✽ NOTICE Notes on the safe use of the sure The pressure gauge may show high- Tire Mobility Kit 1.After driving approximately er than actual reading when the • Park your car at the side of the 7~10km (4~6miles or about compressor is running. To get an road so that you can work with the 10min), stop at a safety location. accurate tire pressure, the compres- TMK away from moving traffic. 2.Connect connection hose (9) of the sor needs to be turned off. Place your warning triangle in a compressor directly to the tire prominent place to make passing valve. - To reduce the inflation pres- vehicles aware of your location. 3.Plug the compressor power cord sure: Loosen the screw cap (8) • To be sure your vehicle will not into the vehicle power outlet. on the compressor hose. move, even when you're on fairly 4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure to level ground, always set your park- the recommended tire inflation. CAUTION - Tire pressure ing brake. With the ignition switched on, pro- sensor • Only use the TMK for sealing/infla- ceed as follows. When you use the Tire Mobility tion passenger car tires. Do not - To increase the inflation pres- Kit including sealant not use on motorcycles, bicycles or sure : Switch on the compressor, approved by Kia, the tire pres- any other type of tires. position I. To check the current sure sensors may be damaged • Do not remove any foreign objects- inflation pressure setting, briefly by sealant. The sealant on the such as nails or screws -that have switch off the compressor. tire pressure sensor and wheel penetrated the tire. should be removed when you • Before using the TMK, read the replace the tire with a new one precautionary advice printed on and inspect the tire pressure the sealant bottle! sensors in authorized dealer. • Provided the car is outdoors, leave the engine running. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery.

6 22 What to do in an emergency

• Never leave the TMK unattended Technical Data while it is being used. System voltage: DC 12 V • Do not leave the compressor run- Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V ning for more than 10 min. at a time Amperage rating: max. 15 A or it may overheat. Suitable for use at temperatures: • Do not use the TMK if the ambient -30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F) temperature is below -22°F (-30°C). Max. working pressure: • When the tire and wheel are dam- 6 bar (87 psi) aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit Size for your safety. Compressor: 170 x 150 x 60 mm (6.7 x 5.9 x 2.4 in.) Sealant bottle: 85 x 70 ø mm (3.3 x 2.8 ø in.) Compressor weight: 0.8 kg (1.77 lbs) Sealant volume: 200 ml (12.2 cu. in.)

623 What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service For trailer towing guidelines information, refer to “Trailer towing” in chap- WARNING ter 5. If your vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bag, set the It is acceptable to tow the vehicle ignition switch to LOCK or ACC with the rear wheels on the ground position when the vehicle is (without dollies) and the front wheels being towed. off the ground. The side and curtain air bag If any of the loaded wheels or sus- may deploy when the ignitions pension components are damaged is ON, and the rollover sensor or the vehicle is being towed with the detects the situation as a front wheels on the ground, use a rollover. dolly towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. dolly OXM069028 If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.

6 24 What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook (front) emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped) 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

OUN046030 CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transaxle. OPS063009 1.Remove the towing hook from the tool case.

OCM054034 2.Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper. CAUTION • Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

625 What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be Front temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a OPS063010 OPS063010 short distance and at low speeds. 3.Install the towing hook by turning it Rear (if equipped) Also, the wheels, axles, power train, clockwise into the hole until it is steering and brakes must all be in fully secured. good condition. 4.Remove the towing hook and • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a install the cover after use. vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. OPS063012 • The drivers of both vehicles should If towing is necessary, we recom- communicate with each other fre- mend you to have it done by an quently. authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service.

6 26 What to do in an emergency

CAUTION WARNING • Attach a towing strap to the Use extreme caution when tow- tow hook. ing the vehicle. • Using a portion of the vehicle • Avoid sudden starts or erratic other than the tow hooks for driving maneuvers which towing may damage the body would place excessive stress of your vehicle. on the emergency towing • Only use a cable or chain hook and towing cable or specifically intended for use chain. The hook and towing in towing vehicles. Securely cable or chain may break and fasten the cable or chain to cause serious injury or dam- OPA067014 the towing hook provided. age. • Use a towing strap less than 5 m • If the disabled vehicle is (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red unable to be moved, do not cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) • Before emergency towing, check forcibly continue the towing. wide) in the middle of the strap for that the hook is not broken or dam- Contact an authorized Kia easy visibility. aged. dealer or a commercial tow • Drive carefully so that the towing • Fasten the towing cable or chain truck service for assistance. strap is not loose during towing. securely to the hook. • Tow the vehicle as straight • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it ahead as possible. steadily and with even force. • Keep away from the vehicle • To avoid damaging the hook, do during towing. not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight ahead.

627 What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing precautions • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so CAUTION - Automatic the steering wheel isn’t locked. transaxle • Place the transaxle shift lever in N • If the car is being towed with (Neutral). all four wheels on the ground, it can be towed only from the • Release the parking bake. front. Be sure that the • Press the brake pedal with more transaxle is in neutral. Be sure force than usual since you will have the steering is unlocked by reduced brake performance. placing the ignition switch in • More steering effort will be the ACC position. A driver required because the power steer- must be in the towed vehicle ing system will be disabled. to operate the steering and brakes. • If you are driving down a long hill, the brakes may overheat and brake • To avoid serious damage to performance will be reduced. Stop the automatic transaxle, limit often and let the brakes cool off. the vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and drive less than • If the car is being towed with all 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing. four wheels on the ground, it can be towed only from the front. Be • Before towing, check the auto- sure that the transaxle is in neutral. matic transaxle for fluid leaks Be sure the steering is unlocked by under your vehicle. If the auto- placing the ignition switch in the matic transaxle fluid is leak- ACC position. A driver must be in ing, a flatbed equipment or the towed vehicle to operate the towing dolly must be used. steering and brakes.

628 Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Wiper blades ...... 7-40 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 • Blade inspection...... 7-40 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-5 • Blade replacement ...... 7-40 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-6 Battery...... 7-44 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 • For best battery service ...... 7-44 • Owner maintenance schedule...... 7-7 • Battery recharging ...... 7-45 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-9 • Reset items ...... 7-46 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-23 Tires and wheels ...... 7-47 Engine oil...... 7-27 • Tire care ...... 7-47 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-27 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-47 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-28 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 7-48 • Tire rotation ...... 7-49 Engine coolant ...... 7-29 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-50 • Checking the coolant level ...... 7-29 • Tire replacement ...... 7-51 • Changing the coolant ...... 7-31 • Wheel replacement ...... 7-52 Brake/clutch fluid...... 7-32 • Tire traction ...... 7-52 • Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ...... 7-32 • Tire maintenance...... 7-52 Washer fluid ...... 7-34 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-53 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 7-34 Fuses ...... 7-62 Parking brake ...... 7-35 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-67 • Checking the parking brake...... 7-35 Light bulbs ...... 7-75 7 Air cleaner...... 7-36 • Front light replacement ...... 7-76 • Filter replacement ...... 7-36 • Side repeater light bulb replacement ...... 7-82 Climate control air filter ...... 7-38 • Rear combination light bulb replacement ...... 7-83 • Filter replacement ...... 7-38 • High mounted stop light bulb replacement ...... 7-85 • License plate light bulb replacement...... 7-86 • Interior light bulb replacement ...... 7-87 Appearance care...... 7-88 • Exterior care ...... 7-88 • Interior care ...... 7-93 Emission control system ...... 7-95

7 Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

■ 1.6L GDI

1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Engine oil dipstick 4. Engine coolant reservoir 5. Radiator cap 6. Brake fluid reservoir 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Negative battery terminal 9. Fuse box 10. Air cleaner

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS073001

73 Maintenance

■ 2.0L GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Positive battery terminal 7. Negative battery terminal 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9. Radiator cap 10. Engine oil dipstick * : if equipped

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS073002

47 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility We recommend you have your vehi- to prevent damage to your vehicle cle maintained and repaired by an and injury to yourself whenever per- authorized Kia dealer. An authorized forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record quality standards and receives tech- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- nical support from Kia in order to pro- cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. vide you with a high level of service your vehicle, we strongly recom- satisfaction. mend that you have an authorized You should retain documents that Kia dealer perform this work. show proper maintenance has been An authorized Kia dealer has factory performed on your vehicle in accor- trained technicians and genuine Kia dance with the scheduled mainte- parts to service your vehicle proper- nance service charts shown on the ly. For expert advice and quality serv- following pages. You need this infor- ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- requirements of your vehicle war- cient servicing may result in opera- ranties. tional problems with your vehicle that Detailed warranty information is pro- could lead to vehicle damage, an vided in your Warranty & Consumer accident, or personal injury. Information manual. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.

75 Maintenance

Owner maintenance precautions WARNING - Maintenance work Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives • Performing maintenance work instructions only for the maintenance on a vehicle can be danger- items that are easy to perform. ous. You can be seriously injured while performing some As explained earlier in this section, maintenance procedures. If several procedures can be done only you lack sufficient knowledge by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- and experience or the proper cial tools. tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an ✽ NOTICE authorized Kia dealer. Improper owner maintenance dur- • Working under the hood with ing the warranty period may affect the engine running is danger- warranty coverage. For details, read ous. It becomes even more the separate Warranty & Consumer dangerous when you wear Information manual provided with jewelry or loose clothing. the vehicle. If you're unsure about These can become entangled any servicing or maintenance proce- in moving parts and result in dure, have it done by an authorized injury. Therefore, if you must Kia dealer. run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before get- ting near the engine or cooling fans.

67 Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in the • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- coolant reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. Check if the front of the radiator • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks and condenser are clean and not turns slightly or “pulls” to one side are generally not covered by war- blocked with leaves, dirt or insects when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for etc. If any of the above parts are road. labor, parts and lubricants used. extremely dirty or you are not sure • When stopping, listen and check of their condition, take your vehicle for unusual sounds, pulling to one to an authorized Kia dealer. side, increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. WARNING • If any slipping or changes in the Be careful when checking your operation of your transaxle occurs, engine coolant level when the check the transaxle fluid level. engine is hot. Scalding hot • Check the automatic transaxle P coolant and steam may blow (Park) function. out under pressure. This could • Check the parking brake. cause burns or other serious • Check for fluid leaks under your injury. vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

77 Maintenance

At least monthly: At least once a year: • Check the coolant level in the • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. holes. • Check the operation of all exterior • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn checks, and hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. and latches. • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- tires including the spare. strips. • Check the air conditioning system. At least twice a year • Inspect and lubricate the automat- (i.e., every Spring and Fall): ic transaxle linkage and controls. • Check the radiator, heater and air • Clean the battery and terminals. conditioning hoses for leaks or • Check the brake fluid level. damage. • Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function. • Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts.

87 Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance If your vehicle is operated under the Schedule if the vehicle is usually above conditions, you should operated where none of the following inspect, replace or refill more fre- conditions apply. If any of the follow- quently than the following Normal ing conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Schedule. After 120 Maintenance Under Severe Usage months or 240,000 km (150,000 Conditions. miles) continue to follow the pre- • Repeated short distance driving. scribed maintenance intervals. • Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas. • Extensive use of brakes. • Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used. • Driving on rough or muddy roads. • Driving in mountainous areas. • Extended periods of idling or low speed operation. • Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates. • More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C (90°F).

79 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or *5 When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant timing belt. additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in *2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant maintenance free but periodic inspection is recom- mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine mended for this maintenance schedule depends on damage. fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters *6 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are avail- starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately able from your authorized Kia dealer along with infor- regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an mation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. authorized Kia dealer for details. *3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. *4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.

7 10 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 12,000 km or 6 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refriger- (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ant and performance (if equipped) ❑ Add fuel additive *6 ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear ❑ Inspect visually the following items. (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 1) Battery condition 2) Brake fluid / clutch(if equipped) fluid ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections replace. 4) Brake pedal and operation 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads(if equipped) 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler 9) Front suspension ball joints 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges 12) Parking brakes 13) Steering operation and linkage 14) Suspension mounting bolts (Continued)

711 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 24,000 km or 12 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Add fuel additive *6 ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refriger- (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ant and performance (if equipped) ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect visually the following items replace. 1) Battery condition 2) Brake fluid / clutch(if equipped) fluid 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections 4) Brake pedal and operation 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads(if equipped) 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler 9) Front suspension ball joints 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges 12) Parking brakes 13) Steering operation and linkage 14) Suspension mounting bolts ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) (Continued)

7 12 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 48,000 km or 24 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- 12) Parking brakes erant and performance (if equipped) 13) Steering operation and linkage ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 14) Suspension mounting bolts ❑ ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots Replace air cleaner filter ❑ ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ ❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection Replace engine oil and filter (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 ❑ Add fuel additive *6 ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) (Every 60,000 km or 48 months) ❑ ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect visually the following items 1) Battery condition ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid replace. 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections 4) Brake pedal and operation 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler 9) Front suspension ball joints 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges (Continued)

713 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 72,000 km or 36 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- ❑ Replace engine oil and filter erant and performance (if equipped) (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 ❑ Add fuel additive *6 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear ❑ Inspect visually the following items (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 1) Battery condition ❈ 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections replace. 4) Brake pedal and operation 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler 9) Front suspension ball joints 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges 12) Parking brakes 13) Steering operation and linkage 14) Suspension mounting bolts (Continued)

7 14 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 96,000 km or 48 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler erant and performance (if equipped) 9) Front suspension ball joints 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges ❑ Inspect drive belt *4 12) Parking brakes (First, 96,000 km or 72 months 13) Steering operation and linkage after every 24,000 km or 24 months) 14) Suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Add fuel additive *6 ❑ Inspect visually the following items (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 1) Battery condition ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections 4) Brake pedal and operation ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts replace. 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) (Continued)

715 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 120,000 km or 60 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- 9) Front suspension ball joints erant and performance (if equipped) 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges ❑ 1 Inspect cooling system * 12) Parking brakes ❑ Inspect drive belt *4 13) Steering operation and linkage (First 96,000 km or 72 months after 14) Suspension mounting bolts every 24,000 km or 24 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) (Every 60,000 km or 48 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *6 ❑ Inspect visually the following items (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 1) Battery condition ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections 4) Brake pedal and operation ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts replace. 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) (Continued)

7 16 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 144,000 km or 72 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- 9) Front suspension ball joints erant and performance (if equipped) 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges 12) Parking brakes ❑ 4 Inspect drive belt * 13) Steering operation and linkage (First 96,000 km or 72 months after 14) Suspension mounting bolts every 24,000 km or 24 months) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 ❑ Add fuel additive *6 ❑ Inspect valve clearance (Engine 1.6) *3 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear ❑ Inspect visually the following items (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 1) Battery condition 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 4) Brake pedal and operation replace. 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler (Continued)

717 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 168,000 km or 84 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- 12) Parking brakes erant and performance (if equipped) 13) Steering operation and linkage 14) Suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Inspect drive belt *4 (First 96,000 km or 72 months after ❑ Replace engine oil and filter every 24,000 km or 24 months) (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❑ Add fuel additive *6 ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) (Every 60,000 km or 48 months) ❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated), ❑ Inspect visually the following items ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear 1) Battery condition (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 4) Brake pedal and operation replace. 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler 9) Front suspension ball joints 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses (Continued)

7 18 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 192,000 km or 96 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses erant and performance (if equipped) 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 12) Parking brakes 13) Steering operation and linkage ❑ 4 Inspect drive belt * 14) Suspension mounting bolts (First 96,000 km or 72 months after every 24,000 km or 24 months) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Replace engine coolant*5 (First, 192,000 km or 120 months ❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection after every 48,000 km or 24 months) ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect visually the following items ❑ Add fuel additive *6 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 1) Battery condition 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 4) Brake pedal and operation 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) replace. 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler 9) Front suspension ball joints (Continued)

719 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 216,000 km or 108 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- ❑ Replace engine oil and filter erant and performance (if equipped) (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ 1 Inspect cooling system * ❑ Add fuel additive *6 ❑ Inspect drive belt *4 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) (First 96,000 km or 72 months after ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear every 24,000 km or 24 months) (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect visually the following items replace. 1) Battery condition 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections 4) Brake pedal and operation 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler 9) Front suspension ball joints 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges 12) Parking brakes 13) Steering operation and linkage 14) Suspension mounting bolts (Continued)

7 20 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 240,000 km or 120 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrig- 8) Exhaust pipe and muffler erant and performance (if equipped) 9) Front suspension ball joints 10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses ❑ Inspect cooling system *1 11) Lubricate all locks and hinges ❑ Inspect drive belt *4 12) Parking brakes (First 96,000 km or 72 months after 13) Steering operation and linkage every 24,000 km or 24 months) 14) Suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection ❑ Replace engine coolant *5 ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 (First 192,000 km or 120 months after every 48,000 km or 24 months) ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) (Every 60,000 km or 48 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ 6 ❑ Inspect visually the following items Add fuel additive * 1) Battery condition (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections (Every 12,000 km or 12 months) 4) Brake pedal and operation 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or 6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped) replace. 7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) (Continued) No check, No service required ❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)

721 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION INTERVALS CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 6,000 km OR 6 months A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K DISC BRAKE/ PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H REAR BRAKE DRUMS/ LININGS, PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/ LOWER I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 12,000 km OR 6 months C, D, E, F, G, H MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL R EVERY 120,000 km A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 90,000 km A, C, E, F, G, H, I CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A - Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 8 km in normal tem- E - Driving in sandy areas perature or less than 16 km in freezing temperature F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F) B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack roads I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very J - Driving over 170 km/h cold weather K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions 7 22 Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (cartridge) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at nections changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the damage the emission system and connections for leakage and dam- vehicle is being driven in severe con- cause multiple issues such as hard age. Have an authorized Kia dealer ditions, more frequent oil and filter starting. If an excessive amount of replace any damaged or leaking changes are required. foreign matter accumulates in the parts immediately. fuel tank, the filter may require replacement more frequently. Drive belts After installing a new filter, run the Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect all drive belts for evidence of engine for several minutes, and The vapor hose and fuel filler cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil check for leaks at the connections. should be inspected at those inter- saturation and replace if necessary. Fuel filters should be installed by an vals specified in the maintenance Drive belts should be checked peri- authorized Kia dealer. schedule. Make sure that a new odically for proper tension and vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor- adjusted as necessary. rectly replaced.

723 Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Cooling system hoses (if equipped) A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is Check the cooling system compo- Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is nents, such as the radiator, coolant dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. reservoir, hoses and connections for damage. Hard and brittle rubber, leakage and damage. Replace any cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and damaged parts. excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. Coolant nearest to high heat sources, such The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte- as the exhaust manifold. Valve clearance (if equipped) Inspect the hose routing to assure nance schedule. that the hoses do not come in con- Inspect for excessive valve noise tact with any heat source, sharp and/or engine vibration and adjust if Automatic transaxle fluid edges or moving components which necessary. An authorized Kia dealer (if equipped) might cause heat damage or should perform the operation. Automatic transaxle fluid should not mechanical wear. Inspect all hose be checked under normal usage connections, such as clamps and conditions. couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are pres- But in severe conditions, the fluid ent. Hoses should be replaced should be changed at an authorized immediately if there is any evidence Kia dealer in accordance to the of deterioration or damage. scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this section.

7 24 Maintenance

Manual transaxle fluid Brake hoses and lines Brake discs, pads, calipers (if equipped) Visually check for proper installation, and rotors Inspect the manual transaxle fluid chafing, cracks, deterioration and Check the pads for excessive wear, according to the maintenance sched- any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- discs for run out and wear, and ule. ed or damaged parts immediately. calipers for fluid leakage. For more information on checking ✽ NOTICE Brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid the pads or lining wear limit, we recommend you to refer to the Kia web- Automatic transaxle fluid color is Check the brake fluid level in the site. basically red. brake fluid reservoir. The level should As the vehicle is driven, the auto- be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks (http://www.kiatechinfo.com) matic transaxle fluid will begin to on the side of the reservoir. Use only look darker. hydraulic brake fluid conforming to Exhaust pipe and muffler It is the normal condition and you DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, should not judge the need to replace muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- the fluid based upon the changed Parking brake rioration, or damage. Start the color. Inspect the parking brake system engine and listen carefully for any including the parking brake lever (or exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- CAUTION pedal) and cables. nections or replace parts as neces- The use of a non-specified fluid sary. could result in transaxle malfunction and failure. Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.)

725 Maintenance

Suspension mounting bolts Power steering pump, belt and Air conditioning refrigerant Check the suspension connections hoses (if equipped) Check the air conditioning lines and for looseness or damage. Retighten Check the power steering pump and connections for leakage and dam- to the specified torque. hoses for leakage and damage. age. Replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately. Inspect the power Steering gear box, linkage & steering belt (or drive belt) for evi- boots/lower arm ball joint dence of cuts, cracks, excessive With the vehicle stopped and engine wear, oiliness and proper tension. off, check for excessive free-play in Replace or adjust it if necessary. the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or dam- Drive shafts and boots age. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or Check the drive shafts, boots and damage. Replace any damaged clamps for cracks, deterioration, or parts. damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

7 26 Maintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a ■ Type A ■ Type A few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.

WARNING - Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the OAM072003 radiator hose when checking or ■ Type B OAM072001 adding the engine oil as it may ■ Type B be hot enough to burn you.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.

CAUTION • Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine. OPS073004 OPS073003 • Do not spill engine oil, when If it is near or at L, add enough oil to 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level adding or changing engine bring the level to F. Do not overfill. ground. oil. If you drop the engine oil 2. Start the engine and allow it to on the engine room, wipe it off Use a funnel to help prevent oil reach normal operating tempera- immediately. from being spilled on engine com- ture. ponents.

727 Maintenance

Use only the specified engine oil. Changing the engine oil and (Refer to “Recommended lubricants filter and capacities” in chapter 8.) Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

7 28 Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level Turn the engine off and wait until it has a reservoir filled with year round cools down. Use extreme care when antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is WARNING removing the radiator cap. Wrap a filled at the factory. thick towel around it, and turn it Removing radiator counterclockwise slowly to the first Check the antifreeze protection and cap coolant level at least once a year, at stop. Step back while the pressure is the beginning of the winter season, released from the cooling system. and before traveling to a colder cli- When you are sure all the pressure mate. Never attempt to remove the has been released, press down on radiator cap while the engine is the cap, using a thick towel, and con- operating or hot. Doing so tinue turning counterclockwise to might lead to cooling system remove it. and engine damage and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam.

729 Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant WARNING • When adding coolant, use only The electric motor deionized water or soft water for (cooling fan) is con- your vehicle and never mix hard trolled by the engine water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture coolant temperature, can result in serious malfunction or refrigerant pressure engine damage. and vehicle speed. It may some- • The engine in your vehicle has alu- times operate even when the minum engine parts and must be engine is not running. Use protected by an ethylene-glycol- extreme caution when working based coolant to prevent corrosion near the blades of the cooling OXM079006 and freezing. fan so that you are not injured Check the condition and connections • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol by a rotating fan blades. As the of all cooling system hoses and coolant or mix them with the spec- engine coolant temperature heater hoses. Replace any swollen ified coolant. decreases, the electric motor or deteriorated hoses. • Do not use a solution that contains will automatically shut off. This more than 60% antifreeze or less is a normal condition. The coolant level should be filled than 35% antifreeze, which would between F and L marks on the side If your vehicle is equipped with reduce the effectiveness of the of the coolant reservoir when the solution. GDI, the electric motor (cooling engine is cool. fan) may operate until you disconnect the negative battery If the coolant level is low, add enough cable. specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.

7 30 Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant following table. Have the coolant changed by an Mixture Percentage authorized Kia dealer according to Ambient (volume) the Maintenance Schedule at the Temperature beginning of this chapter. Antifreeze Water -15°C (5°F) 35 65 CAUTION -25°C (-13°F) 40 60 -35°C (-31°F) 50 50 Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the -45°C (-49°F) 60 40 coolant in order to prevent the OPS073005 coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator. WARNING Radiator cap WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Do not remove the radiator cap • Radiator coolant can severely when the engine and radiator obscure visibility when are hot. Scalding hot coolant sprayed on the windshield and steam may blow out under and may cause loss of vehicle pressure which may result in control or damage the paint serious injury. and body trim.

731 Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID Checking the brake/clutch* Never mix different types of fluid. fluid level CAUTION - Proper fluid Only use brake fluid in brake WARNING - Loss of system. Small amounts of brake/clutch* fluid improper fluids (such as engine oil) can cause damage to the In the event the brake/clutch* brake system. system requires frequent additions of fluid, the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized If the level is low, add fluid to the Kia dealer. MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings and/or OXM079008 clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid level is excessively low, have the Check the fluid level in the reservoir brake/clutch* system checked by an periodically. The fluid level should be authorized KIA dealer. between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap Use only the specified brake/clutch* and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri- the area around the reservoir cap cants and capacities” in chapter 8.) thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch* fluid contamination. * if equipped

7 32 Maintenance

WARNING - Brake/ CAUTION - Brake/clutch* clutch* fluid fluid When changing and adding Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid brake/clutch* fluid, handle it to contact the vehicle's body carefully. Do not let it come in paint, as paint damage will contact with your eyes. If brake/ result. clutch* fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a large Brake/clutch* fluid, which has been quantity of fresh tap water. Have exposed to open air for an extended your eyes examined by a doctor time should never be used as its as soon as possible. quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.

733 Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid Check the fluid level in the washer level fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- WARNING - Coolant sary. Plain water may be used if ■ Type A • Do not use radiator coolant or washer fluid is not available. antifreeze in the washer fluid However, use washer solvent with reservoir. antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim. • Windshield washer fluid OPS073006 ■ agents contain some amounts Type B of alcohol and can be flammable under certain circumstances. Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur. • Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and ani- OPS073007 mals. Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer The reservoir is translucent so that fluid. Serious injury or death you can check the level with a quick could occur. visual inspection.

7 34 Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake

OPS053011 Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of “clicks’’ heard while fully applying it from the released position. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

735 Maintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement

OAM079044 OAM079046

OAM079043 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. attaching clips and open the cover. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. It must be replaced when necessary, and should not be washed. 4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips. You can clean the filter when inspect- ing the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air.

7 36 Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION If the vehicle is operated in extreme- • Do not drive with the air clean- ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the er removed; this will result in element more often than the usual excessive engine wear. recommended intervals. (Refer to • When removing the air cleaner “Maintenance under severe usage filter, be careful that dust or conditions” in this chapter.) dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

737 Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OPS073008 OPS073009 1. Open the glove box. 2. With the glove box open, remove the Air filter cover.

7 38 Maintenance

OPS073010 OPS073011 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter. ter case by pulling out both sides 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of the cover. of disassembly.

✽ NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

739 Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commer- CAUTION cial vehicle washes. If the blades are To prevent damage to the wiper not wiping properly, clean both the arms or other components, do window and the blades with a good not attempt to move the wipers cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse manually. thoroughly with clean water.

1JBA5122 CAUTION CAUTION ✽ NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper The use of a non-specified blades, do not use gasoline, wiper blade could result in Commercial hot waxes applied by kerosene, paint thinner, or other wiper malfunction and failure. automatic vehicle washes have been solvents on or near them. known to make the windshield difficult to clean.

7 40 Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

1JBA7037

OHM078059

1LDA5023 Type B Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm. 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose CAUTION the plastic locking clip. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, CAUTION since it may chip or crack the 1JBA7038 windshield. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, 2. Compress the clip and slide the since it may chip or crack the blade assembly downward. windshield. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

741 Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade

OHM078060 OHM078061

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then 3. Install the new blade assembly in OHM078062 pull down the blade assembly and the reverse order of removal. remove it. 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.

7 42 Maintenance

OHM078063 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.

743 Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service WARNING - Battery dan- (Continued) gers If any electrolyte gets Always read the follow- into your eyes, flush ing instructions carefully your eyes with clean when handling a battery. water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate Keep lighted cigarettes medical attention. and all other flames or If electrolyte gets on sparks away from the your skin, thoroughly battery. wash the contacted Hydrogen, a highly com- area. If you feel pain or OXM079100 bustible gas, is always burning sensation, get present in battery cells medical attention imme- • Keep the battery securely mount- and may explode if ignit- diately. ed. ed. Wear eye protection • Keep the battery top clean and dry. Keep batteries out of the when charging or work- • Keep the terminals and connec- reach of children ing near a battery. tions clean, tight, and coated with because batteries con- Always provide ventila- petroleum jelly or terminal grease. tain highly corrosive tion when working in an • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from SULFURIC ACID. Do not enclosed space. the battery immediately with a allow battery acid to (Continued) solution of water and baking soda. contact your skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, discon- (Continued) nect the battery cables.

7 44 Maintenance

Battery recharging (Continued) CAUTION Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, An inappropriately dis- If you connect unauthorized calcium-based battery. posed battery can be electronic devices to the bat- • If the battery becomes discharged Pb harmful to the environ- tery, the battery may be dis- ment and human health. charged. Never use unautho- in a short time (because, for exam- Dispose the battery rized devices. ple, the headlights or interior lights according to your local were left on while the vehicle was law(s) or regulation. not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure • If the battery gradually discharges on the case may cause battery because of high electric load while acid to leak, resulting in per- the vehicle is being used, recharge sonal injury. Lift with a battery it at 20-30A for two hours. carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. • Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected. • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on. Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily injury or death.

745 Maintenance

Reset items WARNING - Recharging (Continued) battery 1. Turn off the battery charger Items should be reset after the bat- main switch. tery has been discharged or the bat- When recharging the battery, tery has been disconnected. 2. Unhook the negative clamp observe the following precau- • Auto up/down window tions: from the negative battery terminal. (See chapter 4) • The battery must be removed • Sunroof (See chapter 4) from the vehicle and placed in 3. Unhook the positive clamp an area with good ventilation. from the positive battery ter- • Trip computer (See chapter 4) minal. • Do not allow cigarettes, • Climate control system sparks, or flame near the bat- (See chapter 4) tery. • Clock (See chapter 4) • Watch the battery during WARNING • Audio (See chapter 4) charging, and stop or reduce • Before performing mainte- the charging rate if the battery nance or recharging the bat- cells begin gassing (boiling) tery, turn off all accessories violently or if the temperature and stop the engine. of the electrolyte of any cell • The negative battery cable exceeds 49°C (120°F). must be removed first and • Wear eye protection when installed last when the battery checking the battery during is disconnected. charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. (Continued)

7 46 Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care CAUTION For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must • Underinflation also results in always maintain recommended tire excessive wear, poor handling inflation pressures and stay within and reduced fuel economy. the load limits and weight distribution Wheel deformation also is recommended for your vehicle. possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, Recommended cold tire infla- have it checked by an author- tion pressures ized Kia dealer. All tire pressures (including the OXM079101L • Overinflation produces a spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- harsh ride, excessive wear at tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label the center of the tire tread, and vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center a greater possibility of dam- least three hours or driven less than pillar. age from road hazards. 1.6 km (one mile). Recommended pressures must be WARNING - Tire under- maintained for the best ride, vehicle inflation handling, and minimum tire wear. Severe underinflation (10 psi For recommended inflation pressure, (70 kPa) or more) can lead to refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter severe heat build-up, causing 8. blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control leading to severe injury or death. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.

747 Maintenance

Checking tire inflation pres- CAUTION CAUTION - Tire pressure sure • Warm tires normally exceed Always observe the following: Check your tires once a month or recommended cold tire pres- • Check tire pressure when the more. sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 tires are cold. (After vehicle psi). Do not release air from Also, check the tire pressure of the has been parked for at least spare tire. warm tires to adjust the pres- three hours or hasn't been sure or the tires will be under- driven more than 1.6 km (one inflated. mile) since startup.) How to check • Be sure to reinstall the tire • Check the pressure of your Use a good quality gauge to check inflation valve caps. Without spare tire each time you check tire pressure. You cannot tell if your the valve cap, dirt or moisture the pressure of other tires. tires are properly inflated simply by could get into the valve core looking at them. Radial tires may and cause air leakage. If a • Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a look properly inflated even when valve cap is missing, install a they're underinflated. new one as soon as possible. vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one. Check the tire's inflation pressure • Worn, old tires can cause acci- when the tires are cold. - "Cold" means your vehicle has been sitting WARNING - Tire Inflation dents. If your tread is badly worn, or if your tires have for at least three hours or driven no Overinflation or underinflation been damaged, replace them. more than 1.6 km (1 mile). can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential injury.

7 48 Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- WARNING To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure • Inspect your tires frequently mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation for proper inflation as well as every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or pressure matches the recommended wear and damage. Always use sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading a tire pressure gauge. information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for • Tires with too much or too little correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is pressure wear unevenly caus- low, add air until you reach the rec- ing poor handling, loss of vehi- When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. cle control, and sudden tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by failure leading to accidents, usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the injuries, and even death. The sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the recommended cold tire pres- of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure for your vehicle can be severe cornering. Look for bumps or sure to put the valve caps back on found in this manual and on bulges in the tread or side of tire. the valve stems. They help prevent the tire label located on the dri- Replace the tire if you find either of leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- ver's side center pillar. these conditions. Replace the tire if ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, • Worn tires can cause acci- be sure to bring the front and rear tire dents. Replace tires that are pressures to specification and check worn, show uneven wear, or lug nut tightness. are damaged. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter • Remember to check the pres- 8. sure of your spare tire. Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.

749 Maintenance

Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal- for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance The wheels on your vehicle were ✽ NOTICE aligned and balanced carefully at the Rotate radial tires that have an factory to give you the longest tire life asymmetric tread pattern only from and best overall performance. front to rear and not from right to In most cases, you will not need to left. have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire S2BLA790A wear or your vehicle pulling one way Directional tires (if equipped) WARNING or the other, the alignment may need • Do not use the compact spare to be reset. tire (if equipped) for tire rota- If you notice your vehicle vibrating tion. when driving on a smooth road, your • Do not mix bias ply and radial wheels may need to be rebalanced. ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause CAUTION unusual handling characteristics that could result in death, Improper wheel weights can severe injury, or property damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A damage. minum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

7 50 Maintenance

Tire replacement WARNING - Replacing (Continued) Tread wear indicator tires • Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes To reduce the chance of serious could cause unusual handling or fatal injuries from an acci- characteristics and poor vehi- dent caused by tire failure or cle control, resulting in a seri- loss of vehicle control: ous accident. • Replace tires that are worn, • Wheels that do not meet Kia’s show uneven wear, or are specifications may fit poorly damaged. Worn tires can and result in damage to the cause loss of braking effec- vehicle or unusual handling tiveness, steering control, and and poor vehicle control. OEN076053 traction. • The ABS works by comparing • Do not drive your vehicle with the speed of the wheels. The If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear too little or too much pressure tire size affects wheel speed. indicator will appear as a solid band in your tires. This can lead to When replacing tires, all 4 across the tread. This shows there is uneven wear and tire failure. less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread tires must use the same size left on the tire. Replace the tire when • When replacing tires, never originally supplied with the this happens. mix radial and bias-ply tires vehicle. Using tires of a differ- on the same vehicle.You must Do not wait for the band to appear ent size can cause the ABS replace all tires (including the (Anti-lock Brake System) and across the entire tread before replac- spare) if moving from radial to ing the tire. ESC (Electronic Stability bias-ply tires. Control) to work irregularly. (Continued)

751 Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement Tire traction A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be The replacement compact spare tire and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators should be the same size and design appear. Slow down whenever there tire as the one provided with your is rain, snow or ice on the road to new vehicle and should be mounted WARNING reduce the possibility of losing con- on the same compact spare tire A wheel that is not the correct trol of the vehicle. wheel. The compact spare tire is not size may adversely affect wheel designed to be mounted on a regular and bearing life, braking and size wheel, and the compact spare stopping abilities, handling Tire maintenance tire wheel is not designed for mount- characteristics, ground clear- In addition to proper inflation, correct ing a regular size tire. ance, body-to-tire clearance, wheel alignment helps to decrease snow chain clearance, tire wear. If you find a tire is worn speedometer and odometer cal- unevenly, have your dealer check the ibration, headlight aim and wheel alignment. bumper height. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

7 52 Maintenance

Tire sidewall labeling 2. Tire size designation 108 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum 1 A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry. 5,6 information when selecting replace- T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the 7 ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- speed rating chart in this section lowing explains what the letters and for additional information. 4 numbers in the tire size designation mean. Wheel size designation Example tire size designation: 2 Wheels are also marked with impor- 3 (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you example only; your tire size designa- ever have to replace one. The follow- tor could vary depending on your 1 ing explains what the letters and I030B04JM vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa- This information identifies and P235/65R17 108T tion mean. describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Example wheel size designation: the tire identification number (TIN) marked with the prefix “P’’ are 7.0JX17 for safety standard certification. The intended for use on passenger TIN can be used to identify the tire in vehicles or light trucks; however, case of a recall. not all tires have this marking). 7.0 - Rim width in inches. 235 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation. 1. Manufacturer or brand name 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section 17 - Rim diameter in inches. Manufacturer or Brand name is height as a percentage of its shown. width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches.

753 Maintenance

Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Tires degrade over time, even used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, when they are not being used. speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be Regardless of the remaining designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find tread, we recommend that tires tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire be replaced after approximately tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the six (6) years of normal service. ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. Heat caused by hot climates or The DOT Code is a series of num- frequent high loading condi- Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers tions can accelerate the aging Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- process. Failure to follow this Symbol ing date is designated by the last four warning can result in sudden digits (characters) of the DOT code. S 180 km/h (112 mph) tire failure, which could lead to a loss of control and an acci- T 190 km/h (118 mph) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO dent involving serious injury or H 210 km/h (130 mph) death. V 240 km/h (149 mph) The front part of the DOT means a plant code number, tire size and Z 240 km/h (Above 149 mph) tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1614 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2014.

7 54 Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear rial This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern- materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a- The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov- struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tire graded 100. nal or bias ply construction; and the 7. Uniform tire quality grading The relative performance of tires letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- depends upon the actual conditions struction. Quality grades can be found where of their use, however, and may applicable on the tire sidewall depart significantly from the norm between tread shoulder and maxi- due to variations in driving habits, 5. Maximum permissible inflation mum section width. pressure service practices and differences in For example: road characteristics and climate. This number is the greatest amount TREADWEAR 200 of air pressure that should be put in These grades are molded on the the tire. Do not exceed the maximum TRACTION AA side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. permissible inflation pressure. Refer TEMPERATURE A The tires available as standard or to the Tire and Loading Information optional equipment on your vehicle label for recommended inflation may vary with respect to grade. pressure.

755 Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the WARNING - Tire lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the tempera- grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of ture stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat The temperature grade for this under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- tire is established for a tire that ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory is properly inflated and not asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. overloaded. Excessive speed, C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can underinflation, or excessive ance. cause the material of the tire to loading, either separately or in degenerate and reduce tire life, and combination, can cause heat WARNING excessive temperature can lead to build-up and possible sudden sudden tire failure. Grades B and A tire failure. This can cause loss The traction grade assigned to represent higher levels of perform- of vehicle control and serious this tire is based on straight- ance on the laboratory test wheel injury. ahead braking traction tests, than the minimum required by law. and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

7 56 Maintenance

Tire terminology and definitions Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The Air Pressure: The amount of air air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that inside the tire pressing outward on pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- must always face outward when the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pascals (kPa) before a tire has built mounted on a vehicle. kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for square inch (psi). Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure. Accessory Weight: This means the of a motor vehicle with standard and Load Index: An assigned number combined weight of optional acces- optional equipment including the ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- sories. Some examples of optional maximum capacity of fuel, oil and sponds to the load carrying capacity accessories are, automatic coolant, but without passengers and of a tire. cargo. transaxle, power seats, and air con- Maximum Inflation Pressure: The ditioning. DOT Markings: The DOT code maximum air pressure to which a Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a includes the Tire Identification cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- tire's height to its width. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- mum air pressure is molded onto the Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords ignator which can also identify the sidewall. that is located between the plies and tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production. Maximum Load Rating: The load the tread. Cords may be made from rating for a tire at the maximum per- steel or other reinforcing materials. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating missible inflation pressure for that Bead: The tire bead contains steel GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight tire. wires wrapped by steel cords that Rating for the Front Axle. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: hold the tire onto the rim. GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in Rating for the Rear axle. weight; vehicle capacity weight; and which the plies are laid at alternate production options weight. angles less than 90 degrees to the Normal Occupant Weight: The centerline of the tread. number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 pounds).

757 Maintenance

Occupant Distribution: Designated Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the seating positions. code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due to Outward Facing Sidewall: The side maximum speed at which a tire can curb and accessory weight plus of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- operate. maximum occupant and cargo ticular side that faces outward when Traction: The friction between the weight. mounted on a vehicle. The outward tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: facing sidewall bears white lettering amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or Tread: The portion of a tire that determined by distributing to each model name molding that is higher or comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight, deeper than the same moldings on accessory weight, and normal occu- the inner facing sidewall. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and driving by 2. bands, sometimes called "wear Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire bars," that show across the tread of a Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- used on passenger cars and some tire when only 2/32 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the light duty trucks and multipurpose remains. original equipment tire size and rec- vehicles. ommended inflation pressure. UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality Recommended Inflation Pressure: Grading Standards, a tire information Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- system that provides consumers with ed tire inflation pressure and shown ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- on the tire placard. ture and treadwear. Ratings are Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in determined by tire manufacturers which the ply cords that extend to the using government testing proce- beads are laid at 90 degrees to the dures. The ratings are molded into centerline of the tread. the sidewall of the tire. Rim: A metal support for a tire and Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num- upon which the tire beads are seat- ber of designated seating positions ed. multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the Sidewall: The portion of a tire rated cargo and luggage load. between the tread and the bead.

7 58 Maintenance

All season tires Snow tires Radial-ply tires Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your vehicle with snow Radial-ply tires provide improved some models to provide good per- tires, they should be the same size tread life, road hazard resistance and formance for use all year round, and have the same load capacity as smoother high speed ride. The radi- including snowy and icy road condi- the original tires. Snow tires should al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of tions. All season tires are identified be installed on all four wheels; other- belted construction, and are selected by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result. to complement the ride and handling and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 characteristics of your vehicle. tires have better snow traction than psi) more air pressure than the pres- Radial-ply tires have the same load all season tires and may be more sure recommended for the standard carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias appropriate in some areas. tires on the tire label on the driver's belted tires of the same size, and use side of the center pillar, or up to the the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires Summer tires maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combina- Kia specifies summer tires on some Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75 models to provide superior perform- tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias mph) when your vehicle is equipped belted tires when used on the same ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- with snow tires. formance is substantially reduced in vehicle will seriously deteriorate snow and ice. Summer tires do not vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- have the tire traction rating M+S low is: Identical radial-ply tires should (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. always be used as a set of four. if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.

759 Maintenance

Longer wearing tires can be more Low aspect ratio tire susceptible to irregular tread wear. It (if equipped) CAUTION is very important to follow the tire Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect Because the sidewall of the low rotation interval shown in this section ratio is lower than 50, are provided aspect ratio tire is shorter than to achieve the tread life potential of for sporty looks. the normal, the wheel and tire of these tires. Cuts and punctures in the low aspect ratio tire is easi- radial-ply tires are repairable only in Because the low aspect ratio tires er to be damaged. So, follow the the tread area, because of sidewall are optimized for handling and brak- instructions below. ing, it may be more uncomfortable to flexing. Consult your tire dealer for - When driving on a rough road radial-ply tire repairs. ride in and there is more noise com- pare with normal tires. or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels. - When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged. - If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer. - To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000km.

7 60 Maintenance

CAUTION • It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire. • If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty. • You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.

761 Maintenance

FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse age by fuses. replacement This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with any- Normal Blown one located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the bolster, the other in the engine com- same rating. ■ Cartridge type partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem- Normal Blown If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause ■ Multi fuse work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and fuse panel. a possible fire. Always replace a blown fuse with • Replace the fuse with the igni- one of the same rating. tion “OFF”, switch off of all If the replacement fuse blows, this electrical devices and then Normal Blown indicates an electrical problem. Avoid separation (-) terminal from using the system involved and imme- the battery in a safe place. diately consult an authorized Kia dealer. Three kinds of fuses are used: micro mini type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings. Normal Blown OLM079051N

7 62 Maintenance

Inner panel fuse replacement CAUTION CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any • When replacing a blown fuse other metal object to remove or relay with a new one, make fuses because it may cause a sure the new fuse or relay fits short circuit and damage the tightly into the clips The system. incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle ✽ wiring and electric systems NOTICE damage and a possible fire. The actual fuse/relay panel label • Do not remove fuses, relays may differ from equipped items. and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays OPS073014 and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may 1. Turn the ignition switch and all cause a possible fire. If fuses, other switches off. relays and terminals fastened 2. Open the fuse panel cover. with bolts or nuts are blown, we recommend that you consult with an authorized Kia dealer. • Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse/relay terminals such as a driver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction.

763 Maintenance

If you do not have a spare, use a Fuse switch fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse. If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.

OPS073017 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight OPS073015 out. Use the fuse puller provided on the engine compartment fuse Always, put the fuse switch at the ON panel cover. position. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it If you move the switch to the OFF if it is blown. position, some items such as audio and digital clock must be reset and Spare fuses are provided in the transmitter (or smart key) may not engine compartment fuse panel. work properly. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

7 64 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse CAUTION replacement CAUTION • Always place the transporta- After checking the fuse panel in tion fuse switch in the ON posi- the engine compartment, tion while driving the vehicle. securely install the fuse panel • Do not move the transportation cover with using cover locking fuse switch repeatedly. The sound. If not, electrical failures fuse switch may be worn out. may occur from water contact.

✽ NOTICE If you need to park your vehicle for prolonged periods more than 1 month, move the transportation fuse switch to the OFF position to pre- OPS073016 vent the battery being discharged. 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off. 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up. 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

765 Maintenance

Multi fuse

OPS073039 If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

✽ NOTICE If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

7 66 Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description

OPS073014 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in OPS073018 this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

767 Maintenance

Inner fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component

POWER OUTLET 2 20A P_OUTLET

O_S_MIRR_SW, AMP, AUDIO/UVO/AVN 4.0_HEAD UNIT, BCM, TMU, MOOD_LAMP_UNIT, ACC 10A SMK_UNIT, LDC_AMP(400W), LDC_AMP(200W)

POWER OUTLET 1 25A C/LIGHT, REAR_P_OUTLET

DRL 10A BCM(DAY_RUNNNIG_LIGHT_LAMP_POWER)

SUNROOF_MOTOR, LUGGAGE_PORTABLE_LAMP(CHARGE_POWER), SEAT_EXTN_DRV(HEAT- MODULE 6 7.5A ED), REAR_SEAT(IGN2)

WIPER FRT 2 25A FRONT_WIPER_MOTOR(POWER), FRONT_WIPER_RLY(LOW)

REAR_WIPER_MOTOR, MULTI_FUNCTION_SW(WIPER), REAR_WIPER_RLY, WIPER RR 15A REAR_WIPER_RLY_COIL,

AMP 30A AMP, LDC_AMP(400W)

MODULE 5 7.5A BCM, SMK_UNIT

WIPER FRT 1 10A MULTI_FUNCTION_SW(WIPER), BCM(WASHER_MOTOR_POWER),

HTD STRG 15A STEERING_HEATED

A/CON 1 7.5A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT(MANUAL, AUTO), IONIZER, PTC_RLY_COIL, BLOWER_RLY_COIL

OUTSIDE_MIRROR(HEATED), ECU(ELEC. LOAD DEFROST), HTD MIRR 10A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT_MANUAL/AUTO(HEATED_SIGNAL)

7 68 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component T/GATE OPEN 15A T/GATE_OPEN_RLY(T/GATE_LATCH_MOTOR), T/GATE_OPEN_RLY_COIL

S/HEATER FRT 20A FRONT_SEAT_EXTN(HEATED_POWER) DOOR_LOCK_RLY, DOOR_LOCK_RLY_COIL, DOOR_UNLOCK_RLY_COIL, DEAD_LOCK_RLY, DR LOCK 20A DEAD_LOCK_RLY_COIL A/BAG IND 7.5A CLUSTER

A/BAG 15A ACU, WCS_ECU

MODULE 4 10A I_S_MIRR_ECM, AUTO_HLLD_ECU

STOP LAMP 15A HAZARD_SW(ESS_INDICATOR_POWER), STOP_SIGNAL_ELECTRONIC_MODULE

MODULE 7 10A SPORTS_MODE_SW(ATM_SHIFT_LOCK_SOLENOID), KEY_LOCK_SOLENOID

S/HEATER RR 20A REAR_SEAT(HEATED_POWER)

P/WDW RH 25A FRONT_P/WINDOW_SW(POWER), P/WINDOW_SAFETY_ECU(POWER)

P/WDW LH 25A FRONT_P/WINDOW_SW(POWER), P/WINDOW_SAFETY_ECU(POWER)

MODULE 1 10A BCM, SEAT_EXTN_DRV

BRAKE SWITCH 1 10A ABS/ESP_UNIT, LDC_AMP(400W)

LOWER_SW, CENTER_SW, TPMS_UNIT, REAR_PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_SNSR, SMART_PARK- ING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_SNSR, SMART_PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_UNIT, MODULE 2 10A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT(MANUAL, AUTO), LANE_DEPARTURE_WARNING_SYSTEM_UNIT, STOP_LP_SW, WATER_FUEL_SNSR

769 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component SHIFT_LEVER_MODULE, REAR_SEAT_WARMER_SW, REAR_SEAT_WARMER, DIAGNOSIS, AVN MODULE 3 10A 4.0_HEAD_UNIT, LDC_AMP(200W), TMU, HLLD_SW, HLLD_ACTR, OIL_LEVEL_SNSR, ENGINE_CONTROL_UNIT, AIR_FLOW_SNSR, START_RLY_COIL, SMK_UNIT, SMATRA_IMMOBI- ECU 7.5A LIZATION I.O.D 2 15A LDC_AMP(200W), AUDIO/UVO/AVN4.0_HEAD_UNIT, TMU OUTSIDE_MIRROR_FOLDING_RLY, OUTSIDE_MIRROR_FOLDING_RLY_COIL, OUTSIDE_MIR- I.O.D 3 7.5A ROR_UNFOLDING_RLY, OUTSIDE_MIRROR_UNFOLDING_RLY_COIL CLUSTER 10A CLUSTER SPEED_SNSR (MT), BACK_UP_LAMP_SW, OIL_PUMP_INVERTER, INHIBITOR, TCU 15A TRANSMISSION_CONTROL_UNIT OBDII(POWER), TPMS_UNIT(POWER), CLUSTER, AIR_CONTROL_UNIT(MANUAL, AUTO), BCM, I.O.D 4 7.5A REAR_PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_BUZZER SPARE 10A -

SUNROOF 2 20A SUNROOF_MOTOR(POWER)

P/SEAT DRV 30A FRNT_SEAT_EXTN(POWER)

SUNROOF 1 20A SUNROOF_MOTOR(POWER)

MDPS 7.5A MDPS_UNIT

A/CON 2 7.5A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT_MANUAL(MAX_BLOWER), AIR_CONTROL_UNIT_AUTO(BLOWER_MOTOR)

START 7.5A E/R_FUSE & RELAY_BOX(RELAY - START / SUB START), PDM

7 70 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component GLOVE_BOX_LAMP, DOOR_WARNING_SW, OVER_HEAD_CONSOLE_LAMP, PERSONAL_LAMP, I.O.D 1 7.5A SUNVISOR_LAMP, LUGGAGE_LAMP, PORTABLE_LAMP(DOOR) PDM 2 7.5A SMK_UNIT(BATT_CPU), SMATRA_IMMOBILIZATION(BATT)

PDM 1 20A SMK_UNIT(POWER)

BRAKE SWITCH 2 10A STOP_LAMP_SW(NORMAL_OPEN), SMK_UNIT

771 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OPS073013

OPS073019

7 72 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component IG1 40A IGN_SW(B1), BUTTON_START_RLY(IG1), BUTTON_START_RLY(ACC)

BLOWER 40A BLOWER_RLY, BLOWER_MOTOR

RR HTD 40A REAR_GLASS_HEATED_RLY,

ECU 2 30A MAIN_RLY, MAIN_RLY_COIL

ECU 3 15A ECU(AFTER_AIN_RELAY)

IGN COIL 20A IGNITION_COIL(POWER)

ECU 1 20A ECU(AFTER_MAIN_RELAY)

SENSOR 1 10A STOP_LAMP_SW(NORMAL_CLOSE), O2_SNSR, PURGE_CONTROL_SOLENOID_VALVE, OCV,

SENSOR 2 10A CMP, COOLING_FAN_LOW_RLY_COIL

INJECTOR 10A -

B/UP LAMP 10A RR_COMBI_LAMP(BACK_UP_LAMP)

WIPER 10A ECU(WIPER_SWITCH)

F/PUMP 15A FUEL_PUMP_MOTOR

HORN 15A HORN_RLY, HORN_RLY_COIL, HORN

H/LAMP WASHER 20A HEAD_LAMP_WASHER_RLY, HEAD_LAMP_WASHER_RLY_COIL, HEAD_LAMP_WASHER_MOTOR

773 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component B+ 1 50A SMART_JUNCTION_BLOCK(B+1)

B+ 2 50A SMART_JUNCTION_BLOCK(B+2)

B+ 3 50A SMART_JUNCTION_BLOCK(B+3)

IG2 40A IGN_SW(IG2), BUTTON_START_RLY(IG2), START_RLY

MDPS 80A MDPS_UNIT

ALT 125A ALTERNATOR

TCU 20A TRANSMISSION_CONTROL_UNIT

DEICER 20A DEICER

ECU 4 15A ECU(BATT_DIRECT)

ECU 5 15A ECU(BATT_DIRECT)

A/CON 10A A/CON_RLY

C/FAN 40A COOLING_FAN_MOTOR, SUB_FUEL_PUMP, SUB_FUEL_VALVE

INVERTER 50A OIL_PUMP_INVERTER

ABS 1 40A ABS/ESP_UNIT(MOTOR)

ABS 2 30A ABS/ESP_UNIT(SOLENOID)

7 74 Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS ✽ NOTICE CAUTION WARNING - Working on After driving in heavy rain or wash- the lights • If you don’t have necessary ing, headlight and taillight lenses Prior to working on the light, tools, the correct bulbs and could appear frosty. This condition firmly apply the parking brake, the expertise, consult an is caused by the temperature differ- ensure that the ignition switch authorized Kia dealer. In many ence between the lamp inside and is turned to the LOCK position cases, it is difficult to replace outside. This is similar to the con- and turn off the lights to avoid vehicle light bulbs because densation on your windows inside sudden movement of the vehi- other parts of the vehicle must your vehicle during rain and doesn’t cle and burning your fingers or be removed before you can indicate a problem with your vehi- receiving an electric shock. get to the bulb. This is espe- cle. If the water leaks into the lamp cially true if you have to bulb circuitry, have the vehicle remove the headlight assem- checked by an authorized Kia deal- Use only the bulbs of the specified bly to get to the bulb(s). er. wattage. Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle. CAUTION • Do not install additional bulb Be sure to replace the burned- or LED. If you install that, the out bulb with one of the same lamp may not be operated wattage rating. Otherwise, it properly and fuse box or elec- may cause damage to the fuse tric wiring system may have or electric wiring system. problem.

775 Maintenance

Headlight, position light, turn (1) Headlight (High) signal light, side marker light (2) Headlight (Low) and front fog light bulb (3) Front side marker light replacement (4) Front turn signal ■ Type A (5) Front position light (6) Front fog light (if equipped)

If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled, consult an OHD076046 authorized Kia dealer. WARNING - Halogen bulbs • Halogen bulbs contain pres- OPS073020 surized gas that will produce ■ Type B flying pieces of glass if broken. • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. (Continued) OPS073021

7 76 Maintenance

Headlight (HID type) ✽ (Continued) NOTICE If the light bulb is not operating, have A bulb should be operated HID lamps have superior perform- the vehicle checked by an authorized only when installed in a head- ance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps Kia dealer. light. are estimated by the manufacturer to last twice as long or longer than • If a bulb becomes damaged or halogen bulbs depending on their cracked, replace it immediate- frequency of use. They will probably ly and carefully dispose of it. require replacement at some point • Wear eye protection when in the life of the vehicle. Cycling the changing a bulb. Allow the headlamps on and off more than bulb to cool down before han- typical use will shorten HID lamps dling it. life. HID lamps do not fail in the same manner as halogen incandes- cent lamps. If a headlamp goes out WARNING - HID after a period of operation but will Headlight low beam immediately relight when the headlamp switch is cycled it is likely the (if equipped) HID lamp needs to be replaced. HID Do not attempt to replace or lighting components are more com- inspect the low beam (XENON plex than conventional halogen bulb) due to electric shock dan- bulbs thus have higher replacement ger. If the low beam (XENON cost. bulb) is not working, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

777 Maintenance

Headlight bulb (High) ■ Type A

OPS073051

OPS073046 OPS073047 ■ 4.Pull out the end of the front Type B bumper. 5.Remove the headlight assembly from the body of the vehicle.

If you can reach the bulb without removing the headlight assembly, OPS073028 you do not need to do step 3,4 and 5.

1. Turn off the engine and open the OPS073026 hood. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the previous page. 2. Disconnect the power connector from the back of the headlight 6.Remove the headlight bulb cover assembly. by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Loosen the retaining bolts. 7.Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

7 78 Maintenance

8.Unsnap the headlight bulb retain- Headlight bulb (Low) 8.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into ing wire by depressing the end and ■ Type A the housing and rotating in until it pushing it upward. locks into place. 9.Remove the bulb from the head- 9.Install the headlight bulb cover by light assembly. turning it clockwise. 10. Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb. 11. Connect the headlight bulb socket connector. OPS073047 12. Install the headlight bulb cover by ■ Type B turning it clockwise. 13. Connect the power connector to the back of the headlight assembly. 14. Reinstall the headlight assembly to the body of the vehicle. Low High

OPS073023 Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the previous page. 6.Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. 7.Remove the bulb from the assembly by turning it counterclockwise.

779 Maintenance

Front turn signal/position light Bulb type LED type ■ Type A Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre- If the light bulb is not operating, have vious page. the vehicle checked by an authorized 6. Remove the socket from the Kia dealer. assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on Turn signal the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket OPS073049 by pressing it in and rotating it ■ Type B counterclockwise until the tabs on Turn signal the bulb align with the slots in the socket. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 9. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket OPS073024 with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise.

Position 10. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle.

OPS073048

7 80 Maintenance

Front side marker Front fog lamp bulbs 3. Disconnect the power connector (if equipped) from the socket. 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing. 5. Install the new bulb-socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing. Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clock- OPS073025 OPS073028 wise. Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre- 6. Connect the power connector to vious page. the socket. 6.Remove the socket from the 7. Reinstall the front bumper under assembly by turning the socket cover. counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on ✽ NOTICE the assembly. If the headlight aiming adjustment 7.Pull the bulb out of the socket. is necessary after the headlight 8.Insert a new bulb into the socket. assembly is reinstalled, consult an OPS073027 authorized Kia dealer. 9.Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket 1. Remove the front bumper under with the slots on the assembly and cover. turning the socket clockwise. 2. Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper.

781 Maintenance

Side repeater light bulb Type A 5. Insert a new bulb in the socket. Side repeater light bulb Type B replacement (if equipped) 6. Reassemble the socket and the replacement (if equipped) lens part. 7. Connect the bulb electrical connector. 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle.

OPS073033 OPS073035 1. Remove the light assembly from If the light bulb is not operating, have the vehicle by prying the lens and the vehicle checked by an authorized pulling the assembly out. Kia dealer. 2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connector. 3. Separate the socket and the lens parts by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part. 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

7 82 Maintenance

Rear combination light bulb (5) Tail light replacement (6) Tail/Stop light and side marker ■ Type A (LED)

OPS073031 OPS073030 1. Open the tailgate. ■ Type B 2. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a philips head screwdriver. 3. Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle.

OPS073029

(1) Tail light and side marker (2) Rear turn signal light (3) Back-up light (4) Stop and tail light

783 Maintenance

Tail light and side marker, Turn 5. Remove the bulb from the socket Back-up light signal light and Stop and tail light by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on ■ Type A the bulb align with the slots in the Tail and side maker socket. 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Turn signal into the socket and rotating it until Tail it locks into place. Back-up 7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket Tail and stop with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. OPS073032 OPS073032 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the ■ Type B body of the vehicle.

Tur n signal Back-up

OPS073045 OPS073034 Follow the steps 1 to 3 from the previous page. 4. Remove the socket from the 4.Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. the assembly.

7 84 Maintenance

5.Pull the bulb out of the socket. High mounted stop light Bulb type 6.Insert a new bulb into the socket. replacement 7.Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots on the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. 8.Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle.

OPS073037

OPS073036

OPS073038 OPS073052 4. Pull out the module from the high 1. Open the tailgate. mounted stop light assembly by pulling both clips. 2. Remove the cover. 5. Replace the bulbs by pulling it out. 3. Loosen the retaining bolts. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order.

785 Maintenance

LED type (if equipped) License plate light bulb replacement

OPS073053 5.Replace the LED with new one. OPS073050 6.Reinstall in the reverse order. 1. Remove the lens by pressing the tabs. 2. Remove the socket from the lens. 3. Remove the bulb by turning it counter clockwise. 4. Install a new bulb in the socket and install the socket to the lens. 5. Reinstall the lens securely.

7 86 Maintenance

Map lamp Luggage lamp Interior light bulb replacement 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interi- or light housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

WARNING Room lamp Prior to working on the Interior Vanity mirror lamp Lights, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap Glove box lamp the lens into place.

OPS073041/OPS073042/OPS073043/ CAUTION OPS073044/OXM079041 Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

787 Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Finish maintenance CAUTION Exterior general caution Washing • Do not use strong soap, chem- It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish from rust and deterioration, wash it ical detergents or hot water, directions when using any chemical and do not wash the vehicle in cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold direct sunlight or when the and caution statements that appear body of the vehicle is warm. on the label. water. If you use your vehicle for off-road • Be careful when washing the driving, you should wash it after each side windows of your vehicle. off-road trip. Pay special attention to Especailly, with high-pressure the removal of any accumulation of water. Water may leak through salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign the windows and wet the inte- materials. Make sure the drain holes rior. in the lower edges of the doors and • To prevent damage to the rocker panels are kept clear and plastic parts and lamps, do clean. not clean with chemical sol- Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, vents or strong detergents. industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. WARNING - Wet brakes Even prompt washing with plain After washing the vehicle, test water may not completely remove all the brakes while driving slowly these deposits. A mild soap, safe for to see if they have been affected use on painted surfaces, may be by water. If braking performance used. is impaired, dry the brakes by After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- applying them lightly while oughly with lukewarm or cold water. maintaining a slow forward Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- speed. ish.

7 88 Maintenance

Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no CAUTION longer bead on the paint. • Wiping dust or dirt off the Always wash and dry the vehicle body with a dry cloth will before waxing. Use a good quality scratch the finish. liquid or paste wax, and follow the • Do not use steel wool, abra- manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all sive cleaners, acid detergents metal trim to protect it and to main- or strong detergents contain- tain its luster. ing high alkaline or caustic Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- agents on chrome-plated or als with a spot remover will usually anodized aluminum parts. OJB037800 strip the wax from the finish. Be sure This may result in damage to to re-wax these areas even if the rest the protective coating and CAUTION of the vehicle does not yet need wax- cause discoloration or paint deterioration. • Water washing in the engine ing. compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

789 Maintenance

Finish damage repair Bright-metal maintenance Underbody maintenance Deep scratches or stone chips in the • To remove road tar and insects, Corrosive materials used for ice and painted surface must be repaired use a tar remover, not a scraper or snow removal and dust control may promptly. Exposed metal will quickly other sharp object. collect on the underbody. If these rust and may develop into a major • To protect the surfaces of bright- materials are not removed, acceler- repair expense. metal parts from corrosion, apply a ated rusting can occur on underbody coating of wax or chrome preser- parts such as the fuel lines, frame, ✽ vative and rub to a high luster. floor pan and exhaust system, even NOTICE though they have been treated with If your vehicle is damaged and • During winter weather or in coastal rust protection. areas, cover the bright metal parts requires any metal repair or Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- replacement, be sure the body shop with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the body and wheel openings with luke- applies anti-corrosion materials to warm or cold water once a month, the parts repaired or replaced. parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound. after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of the doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.

7 90 Maintenance

Aluminum or chrome wheel main- Corrosion protection WARNING tenance Protecting your vehicle from corro- After washing the vehicle, test The aluminum or chrome wheels are sion the brakes while driving slowly coated with a clear protective finish. By using the most advanced design to see if they have been affected • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, and construction practices to combat by water. If braking performance polishing compound, solvent, or corrosion, we produce vehicles of is impaired, dry the brakes by wire brushes on aluminum or the highest quality. However, this is applying them lightly while chrome wheels. They may scratch only part of the job. To achieve the maintaining a slow forward or damage the finish. long-term corrosion resistance your speed. • Clean the wheel when it has vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooled. cooperation and assistance is also required. • Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, be sure to clean Common causes of corrosion the wheels after driving on salted The most common causes of corro- roads. This helps prevent corrosion on your vehicle are: sion. • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is • Avoid washing the wheels with allowed to accumulate underneath highspeed vehicle wash brushes. the vehicle. • Do not use any alkaline or acid • Removal of paint or protective detergents It may damage and cor- coatings by stones, gravel, abra- rode the aluminum or chrome sion or minor scrapes and dents wheels coated with a clear protec- which leave unprotected metal tive finish. exposed to corrosion.

791 Maintenance

High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic- common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important. rosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate- chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis- pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area underside of the vehicle. — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial Moisture breeds corrosion pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you To help prevent corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in should take extra care to prevent which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from corrosion. In winter, hose off the occur. For example, corrosion is beginning by observing the following: underside of your vehicle at least accelerated by high humidity, partic- once a month and be sure to clean ularly when temperatures are just the underside thoroughly when above freezing. In such conditions, winter is over. the corrosive material is kept in con- • When cleaning underneath the tact with the vehicle’s surface by vehicle, give particular attention to moisture that evaporates slowly. the components under the fenders Mud is particularly corrosive and other areas that are hidden because it dries slowly and holds from view. Do a thorough job; just moisture in contact with the vehicle. dampening the accumulated mud Although the mud appears to be dry, rather than washing it away will it can still retain the moisture and accelerate corrosion rather than promote corrosion. prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

7 92 Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good con- Interior care rocker panels and frame members, dition Interior general precautions be sure that drain holes are kept Scratches or chips in the finish Prevent chemicals such as perfume, open so that moisture can escape should be covered with "touch-up" cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- and not be trapped inside to accel- paint as soon as possible to reduce er, and air freshener from contacting erate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare the interior parts because they may metal is showing through, the atten- cause damage or discoloration. If tion of a qualified body and paint Keep your garage dry they do contact the interior parts, shop is recommended. Don't park your vehicle in a damp, wipe them off immediately. If neces- poorly ventilated garage. This cre- sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product ates a favorable environment for cor- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage. rosion. This is particularly true if you highly corrosive and may damage wash your vehicle in the garage or painted surfaces in just a few hours. drive it into the garage when it is still Always remove bird droppings as CAUTION wet or covered with snow, ice or soon as possible. Never allow water or other liq- mud. Even a heated garage can con- uids to come in contact with tribute to corrosion unless it is well electrical/electronic compo- ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Don't neglect the interior nents inside the vehicle as this Moisture can collect under the floor may damage them. mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

793 Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt CAUTION rior trim webbing When cleaning leather products Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild (steering wheel, seats etc.), use Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for neutral detergents or low alco- vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow hol content solutions. If you use cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the high alcohol content solutions vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the or acid/alkaline detergents, the webbing because this may weaken color of the leather may fade or it. the surface may get stripped off. Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- Cleaning the interior window ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- glass tion recommended for upholstery or If the interior glass surfaces of the carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If ered with an oily, greasy or waxy fresh spots do not receive immediate film), they should be cleaned with a attention, the fabric can be stained glass cleaner. Follow the directions and its color can be affected. Also, its on the glass cleaner container. fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper- CAUTION ly maintained. Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This CAUTION may result in damage of the rear Using anything but recommend- window defroster grid. ed cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

7 94 Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Maintenance booklet in firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the switch again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system The Evaporative Emission Control In order to assure the proper function System is designed to prevent fuel of the emission control systems, it is vapors from escaping into the atmos- recommended that you have your phere. vehicle inspected and maintained by (The ORVR system is designed to an authorized Kia dealer in accor- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to dance with the maintenance sched- be loaded into a canister while refu- ule in this manual. eling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

795 Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge which controls exhaust emissions tank through the purge control sole- while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- noid valve. formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Vehicle modifications Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all (PCSV) This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your The purge control solenoid valve is Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired controlled by the Engine Control affect its performance, safety or immediately. Module (ECM); when the engine durability and may even violate gov- coolant temperature is low during ernmental safety and emissions reg- idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- ulations. WARNING - Exhaust orated fuel is not taken into the In addition, damage or performance Engine exhaust gases contain engine. After the engine warms up carbon monoxide (CO). Though during ordinary driving, the PCSV problems resulting from any modifi- opens to introduce evaporated fuel to cation may not be covered under colorless and odorless, it is the engine. warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions • If you use unauthorized electronic on this page to avoid CO poi- devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning. operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

7 96 Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- fined or closed areas (such as ic converters alytic converter emission control garages) any more than what is device. necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING - Fire Therefore, the following precautions out of the area. must be observed: • When the vehicle is stopped in an • A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for open area for more than a short gasoline engines. time with the engine running, your vehicle. Do not park, idle adjust the ventilation system (as or drive the vehicle over or • Do not operate the vehicle when needed) to draw outside air into the near flammable objects, such there are signs of engine malfunc- vehicle. as grass, vegetation, paper, tion, such as misfire or a noticeable leaves, etc. loss of performance. • Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with • The exhaust system and cat- • Do not misuse or abuse the the engine running. alytic system are very hot engine. Examples of misuse are while the engine is running or coasting with the ignition off and • When the engine stalls or fails to immediately after the engine descending steep grades in gear start, excessive attempts to restart is turned off. Keep away from with the ignition off. the engine may cause damage to the exhaust system and cat- the emission control system. • Do not operate the engine at high alytic, you may get burned. idle speed for extended periods (5 Also, do not remove the heat minutes or more). sink around the exhaust sys- • Do not modify or tamper with any tem, do not seal the bottom of part of the engine or emission con- the vehicle or do not coat the trol system. All inspections and vehicle for corrosion control. adjustments must be made by an It may present a fire risk under authorized Kia dealer. certain conditions. • Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

797 Maintenance

Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties.

7 98 Specifications & Consumer information

Dimensions ...... 8-2 Engine ...... 8-2 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Tires and wheels ...... 8-4 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-5 Luggage volume ...... 8-5 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-6 • Recommended sae viscosity number...... 8-8 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-9 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-10 Engine number ...... 8-10

8 Specifications & Consumer information

DIMENSIONS Item mm (in) Overall length 4,140 (162.9) Overall width 1,800 (70.9) Overall height 1,600 (62.9) *1/1,615 (63.6) *2/1,612 (63.5) *3 205/60R16 1,576 (62.1) Front tread 215/55R17 1,568 (61.7) 235/45R18 1,560 (61.4) 205/60R16 1,588 (62.5) Rear tread 215/55R17 1,580 (62.2) *1 without roof rack 235/45R18 1,573 (61.9) *2 with roof rack Wheelbase 2,570 (101.2) *3 with sunroof and roof rack

ENGINE Item 1.6L 2.0L Displacement 1,591 (97.1) 1,999 (121.9) cc (cu. in) Bore x Stroke 77x85.44 (3.03x3.36) 81x97 (3.19x3.81) mm (in.) Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6 No. of cylinders 4. In-line 4. In-line

28 Specifications & Consumer information

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Headlamps (Low/High) 55/60 H13 Headlamps (Low) 55 H7SLL Headlamps (Low)-HID type* 35 D3S Headlamps (High) 55 H7LL Front Front turn signal lamps 28 PY28/8W Front position lamps 8 (Opt : LED) PY28/8W (Opt : LED) Front fog lamps* 35 H8L Front side marker 5 W5W Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror)* 5 (LED) WY5W Rear Stop/Tail lamps (Bottom) 28/8 P28/8W Bulb Type Rear tail lamps (Mid) 5 W5W Rear tail lamps & side marker (Top) 5 W5W Rear Stop lamps LED LED LED Type Rear Rear Tail lamps & side marker LED LED Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27W Back-up lamps 16 W16W High mounted stop lamps 5 (Opt :LED*) W5W (Opt : LED*) License plate lamps 5 W5W Map lamps 8 FESTOON Room lamps 8 FESTOON Personal lamps LED LED Interior Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON Glove box lamps 5 FESTOON Luggage lamp 8 FESTOON

* If equipped

83 Specifications & Consumer information

TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure bar kPa (psi) Normal load Maximum load Wheel lug nut torque Item Tire size Wheel sizee () ()Kg·m (lb·ft, N·m) Front Rear Front Rear 205/60R16 6.5JX16 Full size tire 215/55R17 6.5JX17 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 235/45R18 7.5JX18 9~11 (65~79, 88~107) Compact spare tire T125/80D16 4.0TX16 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) (if equipped)

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

48 Specifications & Consumer information

CAPACITY/WEIGHT 1.6 Engine 2.0 Engine Item M/T A/T M/T A/T Gross vehicle weight 1,740 (3,836) 1,770 (3,902) 1,770 (3,902) 1,860 (4,100) kg (lbs.) Luggage volume (VDA) Min : 686 (24.2) l (cu ft) Max : 1,735 (61.3)

Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back. Max : Behind front seat to roof.

85 Specifications & Consumer information

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil *1 *2 1.6 Engine 3.6 l (3.80 US qt.) 3 (drain and refill) API Service SM* or obove ILSAC GF-4 or above recommended 2.0 Engine 4.0 l (4.23 US qt.) ACEA A5 or above (or equivalent) 1.8~1.9 l 1.6 Engine (1.9~2.0 US qt.) Manual transaxle fluid API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for-life) 1.9~2.0 l 2.0 Engine (2.0~2.11 US qt.)

1.6 Engine MICHANG ATF SP-IV Automatic transaxle fluid 7.3 l (7.71 US qt.) SK ATF SP-IV NOCA ATF SP-IV 2.0 Engine Kia genuine ATF SP-IV

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

68 Specifications & Consumer information

Lubricant Volume Classification M/T 5.1 l (5.39 US qt.) 1.6 Engine A/T 5.0 l (5.29 US qt.) Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water Coolant (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum M/T 5.1 l (5.39 US qt.) 2.0 Engine radiator) A/T 5.0 l (5.29 US qt.) 0.7~0.8 l Brake/Clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.7~0.8 US qt.) Fuel 54 l (14.26 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in chapter 1

87 Specifications & Consumer information

Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has Using oils of any viscosity other than number an effect on fuel economy and cold those recommended could result in weather operating (engine start and engine damage. Always be sure to clean the area engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- around any filler plug, drain plug, or When choosing an oil, consider the ty engine oils can provide better fuel dipstick before checking or draining range of temperature your vehicle economy and cold weather perform- any lubricant. This is especially will be operated in before the next oil ance, however, higher viscosity important in dusty or sandy areas change. Proceed to select the rec- engine oils are required for satisfac- and when the vehicle is used on ommended oil viscosity from the tory lubrication in hot weather. unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug chart. and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 other mechanisms that could be Temperature damaged. (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Gasoline 10W-30 Engine Oil *1 5W-20 (5W-30) 1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

88 Specifications & Consumer information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

OUN088001 OVQ076002N The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OUN086004 (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s side center ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from pillar gives the vehicle identification The number is punched on the floor outside. number (VIN). under the front passenger seat. To check the number, remove the cover (1).

89 Specifications & Consumer information

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL ■ Engine 1.6

ORB080005 ■ Engine 2.0 OUN086005 The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

OAM082007L The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

8 10 Index

I Index

A Advanced lighting speaker...... 4-146 Antenna ...... 4-143 Active ECO system...... 5-45 Audio remote control ...... 4-144 Active ECO operation ...... 5-45 Aux, USB and iPod® port ...... 4-145 Limitation of Active ECO operation ...... 5-45 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-113 When Active ECO is activated...... 5-45 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 4-114 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . 3-40 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag- and compressor lubricant ...... 4-124 equipped vehicle ...... 3-69 Climate control air filter...... 4-124 Additional safety precautions...... 3-68 Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-115 Air bag warning label...... 3-70 System operation ...... 4-122 Air bag warning light ...... 3-43 Automatic transaxle ...... 5-19 Curtain air bag ...... 3-60 Automatic transaxle operation ...... 5-19 Do not Installing a child restraint on a front Good driving practices ...... 5-24 passenger's seat ...... 3-43 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-53 B How does the air bag system operate ...... 3-41 Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag . . 3-63 Battery...... 7-44 Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-47 Battery recharging ...... 7-45 Side air bag...... 3-59 For best battery service ...... 7-44 SRS care...... 3-67 Reset items ...... 7-46 SRS components and functions ...... 3-44 Before driving...... 5-4 Air cleaner ...... 7-36 Before entering vehicle ...... 5-4 Filter replacement...... 7-36 Before starting ...... 5-5 Appearance care ...... 7-88 Necessary inspections ...... 5-4 Exterior care...... 7-88 Brake system...... 5-26 Interior care ...... 7-93 Anti-lock brake system (ABS)...... 5-30 Audio system ...... 4-143 Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-32

I 2 Index

Good braking practices ...... 5-38 D Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-37 Parking brake - Hand type ...... 5-28 Defroster ...... 4-102 Power brakes ...... 5-26 Rear window defroster ...... 4-102 Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-36 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Brake/clutch fluid ...... 7-32 Door locks...... 4-19 Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ...... 7-32 Auto door lock/unlock feature ...... 4-22 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-24 Impact sensing door unlock system ...... 4-22 C Operating door locks from inside the vehicle . . . . . 4-20 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-19 Child restraint system ...... 3-31 Speed sensing door lock system ...... 4-24 Lower anchor system ...... 3-37 Tether anchor system ...... 3-36 E Using a child restraint system ...... 3-33 Clean air ...... 4-129 Economical operation ...... 5-51 Climate control air filter ...... 7-38 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 Filter replacement...... 7-38 Jump starting ...... 6-5 Cruise control system ...... 5-40 Push-starting...... 6-6 Cruise control switch ...... 5-41 Emission control system...... 7-95 To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . 5-43 Engine ...... 8-2 To decrease the cruising speed...... 5-42 Engine compartment ...... 2-6, 7-3 To increase cruise control set speed...... 5-42 Engine coolant ...... 7-29 To resume cruising speed at more than Changing the coolant ...... 7-31 approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) ...... 5-44 Checking the coolant level...... 7-29 To set cruise control speed...... 5-41 Engine oil ...... 7-27 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on. . 5-43 Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-28 To turn cruise control off, do one of the following . 5-44 Checking the engine oil level...... 7-27

I 3 Index

Engine start/stop button ...... 5-10 Engine start/stop button position ...... 5-10 H Illuminated engine start/stop button...... 5-10 Hood ...... 4-32 Starting the engine with a smart key ...... 5-13 Closing the hood ...... 4-32 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 7-23 Opening the hood ...... 4-32 Exterior features ...... 4-141 How to use this manual ...... 1-2 Mounting bracket for roof carrier ...... 4-141 Exterior overview ...... 2-2 I

F If the engine overheats ...... 6-7 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-34 If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-34 If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 Opening the fuel filler lid...... 4-34 If you have a flat tire (with Spare Tire) ...... 6-8 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 Changing tires ...... 6-9 Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 Jack and tools...... 6-8 Fuel Additives ...... 1-4 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-9 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ...... 1-3 Use of temporary compact spare tire ...... 6-14 Fuses ...... 7-62 If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit)...... 6-17 Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-67 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-19 Distributing the sealant ...... 6-21 G Introduction ...... 6-17 Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . 6-22 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-5 Technical Data ...... 6-23 Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-20 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ...... 6-3

I 4 Index

If the engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system ...... 5-46 If you have a flat tire while driving ...... 6-3 Auto start ...... 5-47 Instrument cluster ...... 4-54 Auto stop ...... 5-46 Gauges ...... 4-56 Condition of ISG system operation ...... 5-48 Instrument Cluster Control...... 4-55 ISG system deactivation...... 5-49 LCD Display Control...... 4-55 ISG system malfunction...... 5-50 Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-60 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 K Interior features...... 4-133 Cargo area cover...... 4-140 Key ...... 4-4 Clothes hanger ...... 4-138 Battery replacement ...... 4-7 Cup holder ...... 4-133 Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-138 Key operations ...... 4-4 Luggage net holder...... 4-139 Record your key number ...... 4-4 Power outlet ...... 4-137 Transmitter precautions ...... 4-6 Rear seat warmer ...... 4-136 Key positions ...... 5-7 Seat air ventilation ...... 4-135 Ignition switch position ...... 5-7 Seat warmer ...... 4-134 Illuminated ignition switch ...... 5-7 Sunvisor ...... 4-133 Starting the engine ...... 5-9 Interior light ...... 4-97 Glove box lamp ...... 4-101 L Interior lamp auto cut...... 4-97 Luggage room lamp ...... 4-99 LCD Display...... 4-62 Map lamp ...... 4-97 A/V Mode...... 4-66 Portable lamp usage ...... 4-99 LCD Modes ...... 4-62 Room lamp...... 4-98 Service Mode ...... 4-63 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-101 Turn By Turn Mode ...... 4-67 Interior overview...... 2-4 User Settings Mode ...... 4-64

I 5 Index

Warning Messages ...... 4-67 System operation ...... 4-110 Light bulbs ...... 7-75 Manual transaxle...... 5-15 Front light replacement ...... 7-76 Good driving practices ...... 5-17 High mounted stop light bulb replacement ...... 7-85 Manual transaxle operation ...... 5-15 Interior light bulb replacement...... 7-87 Mirrors ...... 4-49 License plate light bulb replacement ...... 7-86 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-49 Rear combination light bulb replacement ...... 7-83 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-51 Side repeater light bulb replacement ...... 7-82 Lighting...... 4-89 O Battery saver function ...... 4-89 Daytime running light ...... 4-89 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 Front fog light ...... 4-93 Owner maintenance schedule...... 7-7 Headlamp escort...... 4-89 High beam operation ...... 4-91 P Lighting control ...... 4-90 Turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-92 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-37 Luggage volume ...... 8-5 Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-41 Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-38 M Sunroof open warning ...... 4-38 Sunshade...... 4-40 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-39 Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-6 Parking brake ...... 7-35 Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-5 Checking the parking brake ...... 7-35 Manual climate control system ...... 4-104 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant R and compressor lubricant ...... 4-112 Climate control air filter...... 4-112 Rear camera display ...... 4-88 Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-105 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-6

I 6 Index

Recommended sae viscosity number ...... 8-8 Driving off-road ...... 5-57 Road warning ...... 6-2 Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-53 Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 Highway driving...... 5-57 Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 5-53 S Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-54 Smooth cornering...... 5-55 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-9 Steering wheel ...... 4-43 Seat belts...... 3-16 Electric power steering (EPS) ...... 4-43 Care of seat belts ...... 3-30 FLEX steer ...... 4-46 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-24 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-45 Seat belt precautions ...... 3-27 Horn ...... 4-45 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-16 Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-44 Seats ...... 3-2 Storage compartment ...... 4-130 Front seat adjustment - Manual ...... 3-5 Center console storage ...... 4-130 Front seat adjustment - Power ...... 3-6 Cool box...... 4-131 Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-11 Glove box ...... 4-130 Seatback pocket ...... 3-11 Luggage box...... 4-132 Smart key ...... 4-11 Sunglass holder ...... 4-131 Battery replacement ...... 4-17 Loss of the smart key ...... 4-14 T Record your key number ...... 4-11 Smart key function ...... 4-11 Tailgate ...... 4-24 Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-15 Closing the tailgate...... 4-24 Smart key precautions ...... 4-15 Emergency tailgate safety release ...... 4-25 Special driving conditions ...... 5-53 Opening the tailgate ...... 4-24 Driving at night ...... 5-56 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-10 Driving in flooded areas...... 5-57 Tires and wheels ...... 8-4 Driving in the rain ...... 5-56 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-48

I 7 Index

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 7-47 Cargo weight ...... 5-68 Tire care ...... 7-47 GAW (Gross axle weight) ...... 5-68 Tire maintenance ...... 7-52 GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)...... 5-68 Tire replacement...... 7-51 GVW (Gross vehicle weight)...... 5-68 Tire rotation ...... 7-49 GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ...... 5-68 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-53 Vehicle curb weight ...... 5-68 Tire traction ...... 7-52 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-50 W Wheel replacement...... 7-52 Towing ...... 6-24 Warning and indicator lights...... 4-76 Emergency towing ...... 6-26 Indicator Lights ...... 4-83 Removable towing hook (front) ...... 6-25 Warning lights ...... 4-76 Towing service ...... 6-24 Washer fluid ...... 7-34 Trip computer ...... 4-72 Checking the washer fluid level...... 7-34 Fuel Economy ...... 4-74 Windows ...... 4-26 Overview ...... 4-72 Power windows ...... 4-27 Trip A/B ...... 4-73 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-125 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-126 V Defogging logic ...... 4-127 Manual climate control system ...... 4-125 Vehicle Break-In Process ...... 1-5 Winter driving...... 5-59 Vehicle certification label ...... 8-9 Carry emergency equipment ...... 5-61 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-9 Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 5-60 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-62 Check battery and cables ...... 5-60 Certification label...... 5-66 Check spark plugs and ignition system ...... 5-60 Tire and loading information label...... 5-62 Don’t let your parking brake freeze...... 5-61 Vehicle weight glossary ...... 5-68 Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 5-61 Base curb weight ...... 5-68 Snowy or icy conditions...... 5-59

I 8 Index

To keep locks from freezing...... 5-60 Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system5-60 Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant...... 5-60 Wiper blades ...... 7-40 Blade inspection...... 7-40 Blade replacement ...... 7-40 Wipers and Washers ...... 4-94 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-96 Rear window wiper/washer ...... 4-94 Windshield washers ...... 4-95 Windshield wiper/washer...... 4-94 Windshield wipers ...... 4-94

I 9